Home

Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual

1. J3603 J3608 Serial ports A B J3604 J2001 J3601 m gt 10402 J5002 I J0305 SCSI port 0 JOS04 7 Parallel port 0 0803 ff JOTO1 31801 J2202 JOT00 CPU Fee J0501 J0601 J3001 USB ports ie o J0701 J0801 J3002 J3605 J3303 J5301 TPE Battery SEEPROM J3602 J3201 1394 J3203 Flash PROM Audio J4301 jumpers FC AL ele STE J2902 Sof o 8 UPA graphics J4501 33 MHz PCI 4 J2601 Server RSC J3501 UPA graphics J4401 S N 33 MHz PCI 3 J2501 33 MHz PCI 2 J2401 J3302 66 MHz PCI 1 J2301 FIGURE C 15 System Motherboard Block Diagram Appendix C Functional Description C 45 C 46 TABLE C 10 Motherboard Component Functions Designation Function J0100 DIMM J0101 DIMM J0202 DIMM J0203 DIMM J0304 DIMM J0305 DIMM J0406 DIMM J0407 DIMM J0501 CPU connector J0601 CPU connector J0701 CPU co
2. FIGURE 1 2 Front Panel Overview Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations Hi Peripheral bezel 5 25 inch drive bay optional DVD ROM drive shown 5 25 or 3 5 inch drive bay optional diskette drive shown e wo N Smart card reader 5 Power switch 6 Power indicator LED 7 Back lit Sun logo Chapter 1 Product Description 1 5 11 12 13 14 Teoce0c0000000 EN 9999999009000 000000000000 O A ASO 0 E 0 000 Ol 0 PCI 4 PCI 3 PCI2 PCI1 66 25252525262 08020808080 O20080 OS0S080909 amp CESSE 0 OC 0 O 3 Y 25052525252 G20 0504050 05005050 BRL Lao GRaRoPoRoRoPoPoBoPahoRe OZOROROSOROROSO LS RO ORC RO dodo OSOZOSOROROROS0 ORO ROSORO BORO 080205030 ORO ROSOSOSISOSO GRSRSLGLALSKSLSZSLOLGLS 000909000000000 _ SOROZOZ02020ROROROROROR GROS OO OO DRCROSOO ECO OBO RO ORO ROR ORO 000 CRD ADO E O OROROSOROROSOSO OSOS ORO ORORGRORORGEORO A CROROSORORO ROBO RORORORS Dz AL E A 15 3 Back Panel Overview Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations FIGURE 1 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 1
3. Power supply FIGURE 6 3 Removing and Replacing the Connectors for the Power Supply Assembly Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 3 6 1 1 AN Replacing the Power Supply Assembly Perform the following procedures to remove and replace the power supply assembly If necessary view the ShowMe How video clip located on the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Hardware Documentation CD ROM Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 1 Tuck the power supply cables into the plastic retainer bracket FIGURE 6 4 FIGURE 6 4 Dressing the Power Supply Cables Place the power supply into the chassis Tip up the front of the power supply as you slide it in the chassis so that the front edge of the power supply engages the chassis tab under the motherboard Pull the power supply cables through the cutout at the upper right corner of the motherboard Connect the power supply assembly connectors to the motherboard connectors J3601 and J3603 FIGURE 6 2 Attach the reusable cable tie around the power supply cables FIGURE 6 1 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver replace the six screws securing the power supply assembly to the chassis back panel FIGURE 6 3 6 4 Su
4. Test address down Test cell disturbance 8K DTLB TAG Test address up Test address down Test address line transitions AM ITLB RAM Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance 8K ITLB RAM Test address up Test address down est cell disturbance AM ITLB TAG est address up est address down est cell disturbance 8K ITLB TAG est address up Test address down Test address line transitions IMMU Init DMMU Init Mapping done MMU enabled ter ter ter ter ter Memory address selection Initial area E Cache Global Vars Init Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 45 CODE EXAMPLE 3 4 diag level Variable Set to min Single CPU Continued 4 of 8 E Cache Quick Verification Ecache TAGS Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance Ecache Address Lin Partial Ecache Init BBC E Star Registers I Cache RAM Test address up Pest address down Test cell disturbance I Cache TAGS Testing I Cache Tag Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance Testing I Cache Micro Tag Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance I Cache Snoop Tags Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance I Cache Init D Cache RAM Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance D Cache TAGS
5. ao o oy fo CPU 1 J0701 J0801 FIGURE C 4 DIMM Mapping C 1 3 2 Memory Configuration The following table describes various DIMMs supported by the system memory controller TABLE C 1 DIMMs Committed Number of Number of Group Size DIMM Size SDRAM device Logical Banks Devices Minimum Memory 128 Mbyte 64 Mbit 4 2 18 512 Mbyte Mbyte x 16 256 Mbyte 256 Mbit 16 2 18 1 Gbyte Mbyte x 16 1024 Mbyte 256 Mbit 2x16 2 36 stacked 4 Gbyte Mbyte x 8 technology Main memory is populated with one or two groups of DIMMs The following table lists the possible memory configurations C 12 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 3 3 C 1 3 4 Note The banks in the following table are logical banks for interleaving purposes TABLE C 2 Memory Sizes Supported No Seco
6. POST v4 1 1 06 30 2000 02 15 PM Test CPU present Device Present register BBC showed that CPU1 not present or dead Soft POR to the whole system Configure I2C controller 0 Configure I2C controller 1 I2C Controller Loopback Test Read JTag IDs of all ASICs BBC JTag ID 1483203b SCSI JTag ID 15060045 I chip JTag ID dle203b RIO JTag ID 3e5d03b Schizo JTag ID 1024c06d CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b Probing Seeprom on DIMMs and CPU modules WARNING DIMM 0 missing WARNING DIMM 2 missing WARNING DIMM 4 missing WARNING DIMM 6 missing CPUO Sensor package temperature 31 oC WARNING Temperature sensor on UPAO missing WARNING Temperature sensor on UPA1 missing Smart card reader present Read parameters from seeproms 05050 0 00 070 0 00 Ove OO 0 0 00 0 6 07070 0 01 00 000 0 0 0 0 0070 000 Size bank MB Number of banks DI O 0 0 DI Tz 64 2 DI 28 0 0 DI 3 64 2 DI 4 0 0 DI 5s 64 2 DI 6 0 0 DI Te 64 2 Bank 0 not present size 00000000 00000000 Bank 1 is present size 00000000 10000000 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C
7. A 3 Energy Star Compliance All standard configurations of the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations meet Energy Star guidelines Any other configuration may not comply with Energy Star guidelines For additional information about Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstation configurations that are Energy Star compliant go to http store sun com then select the following links in order a Desktops a Workstations m Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations A 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 A 4 TABLE A 3 Environmental Factor Temperature with tape drive Temperature without tape drive Humidity Heat Dissipation Altitude with tape drive Altitude without tape drive Operating acoustic noise Idle acoustic noise Maximum dwells at extremes Environmental Requirements Operating Parameters 41 to 95 degrees F 5 to 35 degrees C 41 to 104 degrees F 5 to 40 degrees C 5 to 90 at 104 degrees F 40 degrees C non condensing 1150 BTU hr minimum 10 000 ft 3 km at 86 degrees F 30 degrees C 10 000 ft 3 km at 95 degrees F 35 degrees C 5 64 bels 4 77 bels 16 hr Environmental Requirements Nonoperating Parameters 40 to 140 degrees F 40 to 60 degrees C 40 to 140 degrees F 40 to 60 degrees C 5 to 93 at 104 degrees F 40 degrees C 40 000 ft 12 km at 32 degrees F 0 degrees C 40 000 ft 12 km at 32
8. FIGURE B 6 Peripheral Power Cable Assembly Connector J3608 TABLE B 7 Peripheral Power Cable Assembly Connector J3608 Pin Description Pin Signal Description 1 VCC Voltage at the common collector 2 VCC Voltage at the common collector 3 VCC Voltage at the common collector 4 12 VDC 12 VDC 5 12 VDC 12 VDC 6 GND Ground 7 GND Ground 8 GND Ground 9 GND Ground 10 GND Ground Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 5 B 2 Serial Ports A and B The serial port A and B connectors J2001 are DB 25 connectors located on the motherboard back panel Serial port A Serial port B e 50 25 13 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 39 26 14 FIGURE B 7 Serial Port A and B Connector Pin Configuration TABLE B 8 Serial Port A and B Connector Pin Assignments Pin Signal Description 1 NC Not connected 2 SER_TDX_A_CONN Transmit data 3 SER_RXD_A_CONN Receive data 4 SER_RTS_A_L_CONN Ready to send 5 SER_CTS_A_L_CONN Clear to send 6 SER_DSR_A_L_CONN Data set ready 7 GND Signal ground 8 SER_DCD_A_L CONN Data carrier detect 9 BUTTON_POR Power on reset 10 BUTTON_XIR_L Transmit internal reset B 6 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE B 8 Serial Port A and B Connector Pin Assignments Continued Pin Signal Description 11 5VDC 5 VDC 12 NC Not connected 1
9. 3 3 21 1 Ti 21 pci 8 70 Target 0 Unit 0 pci 8 70 Target 6 Unit 0 M12011B08 ok OO 0 ok probe scsi all 000 scsi 4 Port WWN Disk description 000203708ad4d SEAGATE ST39102FCSUN9 0G09299906F45038 000203700ca78 SEAGATE ST39103FCSUN9 0G01479916021084 000 scsi 6 1 Disk SEAGATE ST39173W SUN9 0G2815 000 scsi 6 Removable Read Only device TOSHIBA DVD ROM SD Test alias name device path all Diagnostic The test diagnostic combined with a device alias or device path enables a device self test program If a device has no self test program the message No selftest method for device name is displayed To enable the self test program for a device type the test command followed by the device alias or device path name The following code example identifies the test output message TABLE 4 3 lists test alias name selections their descriptions and their required preparation Note The diskette drive is selected as the test alias name example CODE EXAMPLE 4 6 Test Output Message ok test floppy Testing floppy Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 11 4 8 5 TABLE 4 3 Selected OpenBoot PROM On Board Diagnostic Tests Type of Test Description Preparation test screen test floppy test net test all Tests workstation video graphics hardware and monitor Tests diskette drive response to comm
10. Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 41 CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU 12 of 12 Verify no allocate on write miss Verify fetch from memory on read miss Verify write through on write hit Verify write through fetch on read miss Verify set associativity Wcache Functional Verify cacheline fill on write miss Verify buffering Verify coalescing Pcache Functional FPU Functional Test single and double precision addition Test single and double precision subtraction Test single and double precision multiplication Test single and double precision division Test single and double precision sqrt Test single and double precision abs Test single and double precision conversion FPU Move To Registers Moving SP fp value through all fp registers Moving DP fp value through all fp registers FPU Branch Testing Branching on fccO Verify branching Verify no branching esting Branching on fccl erify branching erify no branching Testing Branching on fcc2 Verify branching Verify no branching Testing Branching on fcc3 Verify branching Verify no branching Ecache Functional Verify cacheline fill on read miss Verify write allocate on write miss Verify cacheline update on write hit Verify write back Xcall Test Sending Cross Calls to CPU AID 1 1 POST_END PS de De me en 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 de mn 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ne 2 2
11. 00010 C S O 01010 0 00 100 OFC 0 00 000 0 0050 0 0 070 AE o CE a 10 0 0 0 0 w w w w Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 2 diag level Variable Set to max single CPU 8 of 9 A As A A ss ss As As As As As As ss As ss As ss As ss As As As ss ss As ss ss ss As ss As ss As ss ss oO OO 6 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 OOO SO CO OV Or 0 09 70 OO CO 0 0 0 0 0 memtst pnta port B memtst lnta port B memtst rnta port B memtst enta port B memtst ln addr port B memtst pg addr port B memtst sbuf addr port B Schizo merg test merg_wr 8 byte port merg_wr 4 byte port merg_wr 2 byte port merg_wr 1 byte port B merg_blkwr block port B Map PCI B space for RIO RIO Config RIO EBus access Icache Functional Verify cacheline fill on read miss Dcache Functional Verify no allocate on write miss Verify fetch from memory on read miss Verify write through on write hit Verify write through fetch on read miss Verify set associativity Wcache Functional Verify cacheline fill on write miss Verify buffering Verify coalescing Pcache Functional FPU Functional Test single and double precision addition Test single and double precision subtraction Test single and double precision multiplication Test single and double precision division w w w Test single and double precision sqrt Test
12. FIGURE 6 14 FIGURE 6 15 FIGURE 6 16 FIGURE 6 17 FIGURE 6 18 FIGURE 6 19 FIGURE 7 1 FIGURE 7 2 FIGURE 7 3 FIGURE 7 4 FIGURE 7 5 FIGURE 8 1 FIGURE 8 2 FIGURE 8 3 FIGURE 8 4 FIGURE 8 5 FIGURE 8 6 FIGURE 8 7 FIGURE 8 8 FIGURE 8 9 FIGURE 8 10 FIGURE 8 11 FIGURE 8 12 FIGURE 8 13 FIGURE 8 14 FIGURE 8 15 FIGURE 8 16 Removing and Replacing the Logo LED Cable Assembly 6 18 Removing and Replacing the Interlock Switch Assembly 6 20 Removing and Replacing a Fan Assembly 6 22 Removing and Replacing the Fan Bracket 6 24 Removing and Replacing the Speaker Assembly 6 26 Removing and Replacing the FC AL Backplane Assembly 6 28 Removing and Replacing the Chassis Foot 6 30 Removing and Replacing Plastic Filler Panels 6 31 Removing and Replacing Metal Filler Panels 6 32 Removing and Replacing a Hard Drive 7 2 Removing and Replacing the Peripheral Assembly 7 4 Removing and Replacing the DVD ROM Drive 7 5 Removing and Replacing the Smart Card Reader 7 8 Removing and Replacing the Diskette Drive 7 9 UltraSPARC III Cu CPU Module and Label 8 2 Location of CPU Processor Slots 0 and 1 Captive Screws and Torque Tools 8 4 Location of Torque Tool A and Torque Tool B 8 5 Removing the Filler Panel 8 7 Using Torque Tool A to Remove a CPU Module 8 8 Removing the Cover for the Shroud 8 10 Using Torque Tool B to Remove a CPU Module 8 11 Removing the Plastic Cover From the CPU Module C
13. Verify cacheline fill on write miss l Verify buffering l Verify coalescing Pcache Functional Ver L Ver L Ver Ver L Ver EE Tes res res res res res XE L Mov L Mov x X res L Ver L Ver Tes L Ver Ver Tes Ver res L Ver x E E Ver L Ver L Ver Ver E AS tA AAA AA A OET SA A BS EE A AR A BR BE eS 0 Icache Functional 0 Verify cacheline fill 0 Dcache Functional Test no all fetch ify ify ify ify ify PU Functio t single a single a single a t single a single a t single a t single a Gh ct PU Branch ting Branc ify branch ify no bra ting Branc ify branch ify no bra ting Branc ify branch l Verify no branc ting Branc ify branch l Verify no branc cache Func ify ify ify ify write nal nd nd nd nd nd nd nd hing on ing nching hing on ing nching hing on ing hing hing on ing hing tional back on read miss double precision double precision double precision double precision double precision double precision double precision PU Move To Registers ing SP fp value through all fp registers ing DP fp value through all fp registers diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU 11 of 12 addition subtraction multiplication division sqrt abs conversion fcc0 fecl fec2 cacheline fill on read miss write allocate on write miss cacheline update on write hit
14. eee FIGURE 8 20 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 37 8 8 2 10 11 Replacing the Motherboard Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Place the motherboard on an antistatic mat Caution Handle the motherboard only by its edges or the shroud Replace the workstation ID SEEPROM See FIGURE C 15 Install a new battery See Section 8 7 2 Replacing the Battery on page 8 34 Replace the DIMMs See Section 8 6 2 Replacing a DIMM on page 8 32 Replace the CPU shroud cover See Section 8 9 2 Replacing the CPU Shroud on page 8 41 Using needle nosed pliers remove the CPU connector covers Position the motherboard in the chassis FIGURE 8 20 Align the motherboard frame with the chassis tabs and carefully slide the motherboard toward the chassis back panel until the motherboard frame is engaged with the chassis tabs Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver replace the three screws that secure the motherboard to the chassis back panel FIGURE 8 20 Connect the following cables to the motherboard a Power supply cables to each fan Combined cable assembly a Internal SCSI cable assemblies
15. m Peripheral power cable assembly m FC AL backplane cable assembly a Diskette drive cable assembly a Smart card reader cable assembly a Logo LED cable assembly Connect the power supply cables to motherboard connectors J3601 and J3603 8 38 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 12 13 14 15 Replace the following a Audio card See Section 8 5 2 Replacing the Audio Module Assembly on page 8 29 b Graphics card s See Section 8 4 4 Replacing the Graphics Card on page 8 26 c PCI card s See Section 8 3 2 Replacing a PCI Card on page 8 22 d CPU shroud See Section 8 9 2 Replacing the CPU Shroud on page 8 41 e CPU module s See Section 8 2 3 Replacing an UltraSPARC HI CPU Module on page 8 12 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 Select RS 232 or RS 423 mode at serial ports A and B Note The default setting at serial ports A and B is the RS 423 mode To change the serial port mode proceed as follows a At the ok prompt type setenv ttya mode 9600 8 n 1 rs232 setenv ttyb mode 9600 8 n 1 rs232 b Type reset all to implement the new mode Note Setting only one of the ttya or ttyb rs232 rs423 mode variables causes both ports to be set to that mode Reset the power cycles NVRAM variable to zero as follows a Press the keyboard Stop and A keys after t
16. I Cache Init D Cache RAM Test address up 1 D Cache RAM 1 Test address up ei 3 36 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU a a ss mn a oo pur c oo o oo pur o O 00 00 oo O Ss eee D we Test address down 1 Test address down Test cell disturbance 1 Test cell disturbance D Cache TAGS Test address up 1 D Cache TAGS 1 Test address up Test address down 1 Test address down Test cell disturbance 1 Test cell disturbance D Cache MicroTags Test address up 1 D Cache MicroTags 1 Test address up Test address down 1 Test address down Test cell disturbance 1 Test cell disturbance D Cache SnoopTags Test address up 1 D Cache SnoopTags 1 Test address up Test address down 1 Test address down Test cell disturbance 1 Test cell disturbance D Cache Init 1 D Cache Init W Cache RAM Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance 1 W Cache RAM 1 Test address up W Cache TAGS Test address up 1 Test address down Test address down Test cell disturbance 1 Test cell disturbance W Cache SnoopTAGS Test address up Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 7 of 12 3 37
17. Sun reconna t les efforts de pionniers de Xerox pour la recherche et le d veloppement du concept des interfaces d utilisation visuelle ou graphique pour l industrie de l informatique Sun d tient une licence non exclusive de Xerox sur l interface d utilisation graphique Xerox cette licence couvrant galement les licenci s de Sun qui mettent en place l interface d utilisation graphique OPEN LOOK et qui en outre se conforment aux licences crites de Sun Achats f d raux logiciel commercial Les utilisateurs gouvernementaux doivent respecter les conditions du contrat de licence standard LA DOCUMENTATION EST FOURNIE EN L ETAT ET TOUTES AUTRES CONDITIONS DECLARATIONS ET GARANTIES EXPRESSES OU TACITES SONT FORMELLEMENT EXCLUES DANS LA MESURE AUTORISEE PAR LA LOI APPLICABLE Y COMPRIS NOTAMMENT TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE RELATIVE A LA QUALITE MARCHANDE A L APTITUDE A UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIERE OU A L ABSENCE DE CONTREFA ON DY Please Y y 8 Recycle es Adobe PostScript Contents Preface xxxv Product Description 1 1 1 1 Product Overview 1 1 1 1 1 External Components 1 4 1 2 Replaceable Components 1 8 SunVTS Overview 2 1 2 1 SunVTS Description 2 1 2 11 SunVTS Requirements 2 2 2 12 SunVTS References 2 2 Power On Self Test 3 1 3 1 POST Overview 3 1 3 11 How to Use POST 3 2 3 2 Pre POST Preparation 3 2 3 2 1 Setting Up a TIP Connection 3 2 3 22 Verifying the Baud Rate 3 4 3 3 Setting Up POST to Run in an OpenBoot PR
18. Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Caution When you remove and replace a single DIMM an identical replacement is required The replacement DIMM must be inserted into the same socket as the removed DIMM Caution Each DIMM bank must contain at least four DIMMs of equal density for example four 128 Mbyte DIMMs to function properly Do not mix DIMM densities within any bank Caution Handle DIMMs only by the edges Do not touch the DIMM components or metal parts Always wear a grounding strap when handling a DIMM gt gt ie 8 6 1 Removing a DIMM 1 Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 8 30 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Lay the workstation on its side Locate the DIMM s to be removed Press down the ejection lever at each end of the DIMM connector FIGURE 8 19 Lift the DIMM straight out of the connector and set it aside on the antistatic mat Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Compo
19. address up address down 1 4 cell disturba 1 Tes data reliabil 1 Tes address line 1 Tes DTLB TAG 1 Test address up 1 Tes 13 8 1 Tes address down 1 Tes diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 4 of 15 ough the register t walking 1 through the register DTLB RAM t address up t address down nce t cell disturbance ity t data reliability transitions t address line transitions K DTLB RAM t address up t address down nce t cell disturbance ity t data reliability transitions t address line transitions DTLB TAG nce t address up ity t address down transitions t cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions DTLB TAG t address up N OT t address down 3 10 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 o o o a oo o o oo pur o 4M Test est est iT Test Test Test est 4M Test rest Test Test Test 8K Test Test diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 5 of 15 Test address line transitions 1 Test address line transitions ITLB RAM address up address down cell disturba 1 4 data reliabil 1 Tes 1 Tes address line 1 Tes ITLB RAM 1 Tes address up 1 Tes address down 1 8 1 Tes cell disturba 1 Tes 1 Tes data reliabil
20. die auf dem Ftikett mit den elektrischen Nennwerten des Ger ts angegeben sind m Stecken Sie auf keinen Fall irgendwelche Gegenst nde in ffnungen in den Ger ten Leitf hige Gegenst nde k nnten aufgrund der m glicherweise vorliegenden gef hrlichen Spannungen einen Kurzschluf verursachen der einen Brand Stromschlag oder Ger teschaden herbeif hren kann Symbole Die Symbole in diesem Handbuch haben folgende Bedeutung Achtung Gefahr von Verletzung und Ger teschaden Befolgen Sie die Anweisungen Achtung Hohe Temperatur Nicht ber hren da Verletzungsgefahr durch hei e Oberfl che besteht Achtung Gef hrliche Spannungen Anweisungen befolgen um Stromschl ge und Verletzungen zu vermeiden Aufstellung von Sun Ger ten Achtung Um den zuverl ssigen Betrieb Ihres Sun Ger ts zu gew hrleisten und es vor berhitzung zu sch tzen d rfen die ffnungen im Ger t nicht blockiert oder verdeckt werden Sun Produkte sollten niemals in der N he von Heizk rpern oder Heizluftklappen aufgestellt werden Achtung Der arbeitsplatzbezogene Schalldruckpegel nach DIN 45 635 Teil 1000 betr gt 70Db A oder weniger Einhaltung der SELV Richtlinien Die Sicherung der I O Verbindungen entspricht den Anforderungen der SELV Spezifikation Anschluf des Netzkabels Achtung Sun Produkte sind fiir den Betrieb an Einphasen Stromnetzen mit geerdetem Nulleiter vorgesehen Um die Stromschla
21. m The workstation must have four or eight DIMMs installed to operate m Each DIMM bank must contain four DIMMs of equal size to function properly For example four 128 Mbyte DIMMs in bank 0 four 256 Mbyte DIMMs in bank 1 a The default location for DIMMs installed at the factory is the four connectors labeled 0 FIGURE 8 19 Remove the DIMM from the antistatic container Install the DIMM as follows FIGURE 8 19 a Align the notches on the DIMM with the memory connector b Using your thumbs press the DIMM straight down into the connector until the ejection levers click locking the DIMM in the connector Note The DIMM is seated when you hear a clicking sound and the DIMM ejection levers are in the vertical position Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 Verify proper operation See Section 3 4 Maximum and Minimum Levels of POST on page 3 5 Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 33 8 7 8 7 1 8 7 2 Replaceable Battery The workstation contains a replaceable lithium battery part number 150 2850 Lithium batteries may explode if mishandled Do not dispose of the battery in fire Do not disassemble it or attempt to recharge it Removing the Battery Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Caution Use pr
22. on page 7 7 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the four screws securing the diskette drive to the peripheral assembly Note The four screws that secure a drive to the peripheral drive assembly are specifically sized screws Do not intermingle them with other screws Remove the diskette drive and place it on an antistatic mat Install the filler panel if necessary Filler panel Screw 4 Ze Diskette drive A FIGURE 7 5 Removing and Replacing the Diskette Drive l amp Chapter 7 Removing and Replacing Storage Devices 7 9 Teno 7 2 10 Replacing the Diskette Drive Note If you are installing a diskette drive instead of replacing it ensure that the peripheral power cable and all data cables are properly routed through the clips adjacent to the drive bay Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Remove the filler panel if necessary FIGURE 7 3 Remove the smart card reader if it has been installed See Section 7 2 6 Removing the Smart Card Reader on page 7 7 Position the diskette drive in the peripheral assembly Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver replace the four screws securing the diskette drive to the peripheral assembly Replace the smart card reader
23. rtc 1 300070 Output Message 4 22 49 16 scsi 6 Output Message 4 22 49 17 scsiQ6 1 Output Message 4 23 4 9 18 Serial Output Message 4 23 4 9 19 USB Output Message 4 23 49 20 Test All Output Message 4 24 Preparing for Component Removal and Replacement 5 1 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 Safety Requirements 5 2 Safety Symbols 5 2 Safety Precautions 5 3 5 3 1 Modification to Equipment 5 3 5 3 2 Placement of a Sun Product 5 3 5 3 3 Power Cord Connection 5 3 5 3 4 Electrostatic Discharge 5 4 5 3 5 Lithium Battery 5 4 Tools Required 5 5 Powering Off the Workstation 5 5 Removing the Access Panel 5 8 Attaching the Antistatic Wrist Strap 5 10 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 1 6 1 Power Supply Assembly 6 1 6 1 1 Replacing the Power Supply Assembly 6 4 Contents v 6 2 Power Switch Assembly 6 5 6 2 1 Removing the Power Switch Assembly 6 5 6 2 2 Replacing the Power Switch Assembly 6 6 6 3 Cable Assemblies 6 7 6 3 1 Removing the Peripheral Power Cable Assembly 6 7 6 3 2 Replacing the Peripheral Power Cable Assembly 6 8 6 3 3 Removing the SCSI Cable Assembly 6 9 6 3 4 Replacing the SCSI Cable Assembly 6 10 6 3 5 Removing the Diskette Drive Cable Assembly 6 11 6 3 6 Replacing the Diskette Drive Cable Assembly 6 12 6 3 7 Removing the Smart Card Reader Cable Assembly 6 13 6 3 8 Replacing the Smart Card Reader Cable Assembly 6 14 6 3 9 Removing the Combined Cable Assembly 6 15 6 3 10 Replacing the Combined Cable
24. serial port C 35 G Graphics and PCI Card Options C 29 graphics card 4 9 connector B 18 connector pin assignments B 18 connector pin configuration B 18 diagnostic 4 12 removing 8 25 replacing 8 26 H hard drive removing 7 2 replacing 7 3 host adapter SCSI C 41 Index 3 how this book is organized xxxv l I2C diagnostic output message 4 21 I2C output message with TIP line diagnostic 4 20 identification internal drives 4 5 identifying jumper pins C 48 IEEE 1394 connector pin assignments B 14 initializing POST 3 4 interlock circuit power 5 8 interlock switch assembly removing 6 19 replacing 6 20 internal drives identification 4 5 Interrupts C 22 J jumper pins identifying C 48 jumper settings flash PROM C 49 selected C 47 jumpers flash PROM C 48 K keyboard and mouse C 31 functional block diagram C 32 port C 32 L line assignments audio connector B 17 lithium battery safety precautions 5 4 location Lock block 9 3 lock block 5 7 system power switch 9 5 Lock block location 9 3 lock block location 5 7 Logically Removing the Smart Card Reader 7 6 M main memory system C 9 major subassemblies removing and replacing 6 1 mapping PCI slot to PCI bus C 28 maximum level of POST 3 5 Memory Configuration C 12 Memory Module Configuration Rules C 13 Memory System C 13 Memory Timing C 16 Memory Timing Values C 17 minimum level of POST 3 5 modifica
25. ste reo EBus interface FIGURE C 12 Audio Card Functional Block Diagram C 38 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 16 The audio card connector is a dual position standard edge connector whose features include a 23 dual positions 46 total m 50 millimeter centerline m 1 49 inches total length The audio connector supports the following Nine CODEC address lines Eight CODEC data lines Control lines write read codec chip select PROM chip select reset CODEC DMA support signals playback request playback acknowledge capture request and capture acknowledge CODEC power down line Audio analog lines DC volume control line Audio present Power ground two 12 VDC lines one 12 VDC line one voltage at the common collector VCC line five digital grounds and four analog grounds m Two spare pins FC AL Subsystem Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations support FC AL Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop as the interface for internal and external hard drives The physical medium is copper Optical links are not supported The disk drives are connected to the loop through a hub chip The hub supports two internal connectors and the external connector Internal signal detect circuitry automatically detects the presence of a device at the external connector which enables or disables the external port The individual ports can also be bypassed manually by a software probe and progr
26. wm O o O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Oo O _ A e FIGURE B 9 Parallel Port Connector Pin Configuration TABLE B 10 Parallel Port Connector Pin Assignments Pin Signal Description 1 PAR_DS_L_CONN Data strobe low 2 to 9 PP_DAT 0 7 CONN Data0 thru data7 10 PAR_ACK_L_CONN Acknowledge low 11 PAR_BUSY_CONN Busy 12 PAR_PE_CONN Parity error 13 PAR_SELECT_L_CONN Select low 14 PAR_AFXN_L_CONN Auto feed low 15 PAR_ERROR_L_CONN Error low 16 PAR_INIT_L_CONN Initialize low 17 PAR_IN_L_CONN Peripheral input low B 12 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE B 10 Parallel Port Connector Pin Assignments Continued Pin Signal Description 18 GND Chassis ground 19 GND Chassis ground 20 GND Chassis ground 21 GND Chassis ground 22 GND Chassis ground 23 GND Signal ground 24 GND Signal ground 25 GND Signal ground B 5 Universal Serial Bus Connector Two universal serial bus USB connectors J3001 3002 are located on the motherboard back panel FIGURE B 10 USB Connector Pin Configuration Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 13 TABLE B 11 USB Connector Pin Assignments Pin Al A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B 6 B 14 Signal Name USBO_VCC CM_USB_DO_N CM_USB_D0_P G U C C G N M M N D D SB1_VCC _USB_D1_N _USB_D1_P Description 5 VDC port0data_N port0data_P ground 5 VDC portidata_
27. 1 Tes address line ITLB TAG 1 Tes address up address down CEJA 4 cell disturba 1 Tes data reliabil 1 Tes 1 Tes address line 1 Tes ITLB TAG address up 1 Tes address down LI 8 1 Tes nce ITLB RAM ity t address up t address down transitions t cell disturbance t data reliability t address line transitions K ITLB RAM t address up nce t address down t cell disturbance ity t data reliability transitions t address line transitions ITLB TAG nce t address up ity address down cell disturbance ransitions data reliability t aa ict t address line transitions K ITLB TAG t address up Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 11 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 Test address li 1 0 IMMU Init DMMU Init 1 Mapping done 1 emory addres 1 1 emory marchi 1 E Cache Globa E Cache Quick 1 1 Ecache TAGS Test address M FF pe O 00 up 1 1 do 1 cell distu 1 data relia 1 li 1 est address est est est address diag Mapping done level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 6 of 15 ne transitions Test address down Test address line transitions IMMU Init U enabled DMMU Init s selection Initial area MMU enabled emory address selection Initial area Initial area emory marching Initial area Vars Init Verification E Cache Global Vars Init E Cache Quick Verification n
28. Assembly 6 16 6 3 11 Removing the Logo LED Cable Assembly 6 17 6 3 12 Replacing the Logo LED Cable Assembly 6 18 6 4 Interlock Switch Assembly 6 19 6 41 Removing the Interlock Switch Assembly 6 19 6 42 Replacing the Interlock Switch Assembly 6 20 6 5 Fan Assemblies 6 21 6 5 1 Removing a Fan Assembly 6 21 6 52 Replacing a Fan Assembly 6 22 6 6 Fan Bracket 6 23 6 6 1 Removing the Fan Bracket 6 23 6 6 2 Replacing the Fan Bracket 6 24 6 7 Speaker Assembly 6 25 6 7 1 Removing the Speaker Assembly 6 25 6 7 2 Replacing the Speaker Assembly 6 26 vi Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 6 8 FC AL Backplane Assembly 6 27 6 8 1 Removing the FC AL Backplane Assembly 6 27 6 82 Replacing the FC AL Backplane Assembly 6 28 6 9 Chassis Foot 6 29 69 1 Removing a Chassis Foot 6 29 69 2 Replacing a Chassis Foot 6 30 6 10 Filler Panels 6 31 6 10 1 Removing a Filler Panel 6 31 6 10 2 Replacing a Filler Panel 6 32 7 Removing and Replacing Storage Devices 7 1 7 1 Hard Drive 7 1 7 1 1 Removing a Hard Drive 7 2 7 1 2 Replacing a Hard Drive 7 3 7 2 Peripheral Assembly Drives 7 3 7 2 1 Removing the Peripheral Assembly 7 3 7 2 2 Removing the DVD ROM Drive or Any Optional Tape Drive Component 7 5 7 2 3 Replacing the DVD ROM Drive or Any Optional Tape Drive Component 7 6 7 2 4 Logically Removing the Smart Card Reader 7 6 7 2 5 Disabling the Smart Card 7 7 7 2 6 Removing the Smart Card Reader 7 7 7 2 7 Replacing the Smart Ca
29. B 2 TABLE B 3 RE B 3 TABLE B 4 RE B 4 TABLE B 5 RE B 5 TABLE B 6 RE B 6 TABLE B 7 8 TABLE B 1 Power Connectors Connector Use J3603 Power from power FIGU supply J3601 Power from power FIGU supply J3302 Power to PCI fan FIGU J3303 Power to CPU fan FIGU J3602 Power to combined FIGU cable assembly J3608 Power to peripheral FIGU power cable assembly 14 TOISIOIOOISIOAC 1 ONO OP OJO OJO FIGURE B 1 Power Supply Connector J3603 TABLE B 2 Power Supply Connector J3603 Pin Description Pin Signal Description 1 POWERON_L Power on 2 12 VDC 12 VDC 3 5 VDC Return SENSE 5 VDC Return 4 3 3 VDC Return SENSE 3 3 VDC Return 5 RETURN Return 6 RETURN Return 7 Spare Spare 8 POWER_OK Power ok B 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE B 2 Power Supply Connector J3603 Pin Description Continued Pin Signal Description 9 PS_FAN Fan power 10 5 VDC SENSE 5 VDC Sense 11 3 3 VDC SENSE 3 3 VDC Sense 12 12 VDC 12 VDC 13 12 VDC 12 VDC 14 5 VDC_STBY 5 VDC standby 13 14 1 2 f I FIGURE B 2 Power Supply Connector J3601 TABLE B 3 Power Supply Connector J3601 Pin Description Pin Signal Description 1 2 3 3 VDC 3 3 VDC 3 4 3 3
30. Blade 2000 workstations m You can install one or two UltraSPARC III CPU modules into the workstation motherboard a If you wish to install more than one UltraSPARC III 600 750 or 900 MHz CPU module on a Sun Blade 1000 you can The speed of the modules does not need to be identical If you wish to install more than one UltraSPARC III Cu CPU module on a Sun Blade 2000 you can However the speed of the modules must be identical Note Never mix UltraSPARC III 600 750 or 900 MHz CPU modules with UltraSPARC III Cu CPU modules If the modules are mixed the workstation will not boot a Always insert the first CPU module into CPU slot 0 connectors J0501 and J0601 m If a second CPU module is to be installed install the second CPU module into CPU slot 1 connectors J0701 and J0801 System Requirements for the UltraSPARC III 600 MHz CPU Module If you are replacing or installing a 600 MHz UltraSPARC III CPU module you will need to install software patches 109888 10 110460 09 108528 10 and OpenBoot PROM firmware upgrade patch 111292 04 The software patches and the OpenBoot PROM firmware upgrade patch can be obtained from the Sun web site at http www sun com sunsolve Note Always check the Sun web site for the latest compatible operating environment firmware and software updates for your workstation C 6 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 2 3 Before insta
31. CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU 8 of 12 Test address down 1 W Cache TAGS 0 Test cell disturbance on o 1 Test address up 0 W Cache Init 1 Test address down 0 P Cache RAM 1 Test cell disturbance oa o Test address up 1 W Cache SnoopTAGS 1 Test address up 0 Test address down 1 Test address down 1 Test cell disturbance 0 Test cell disturbance 1 W Cache Init 1 P Cache RAM 1 Test address up P Cache TAGS Test address up 1 Test address down Test address down Test cell disturbance 1 Test cell disturbance P Cache SnoopTags Test address up Test address down 1 P Cache TAGS Test cell disturbance oo ES e DUO En o 1 Test address up 0 P Cache Status Data 1 Test address down 0 Test address up 1 Test cell disturbance Test address down 1 P Cache SnoopTags 0 Test cell disturbance oa S 1 Test address up 0 P Cache Init 1 Test address down 0 FPU Registers 1 Test cell disturbance 0 Test walking 1 0 FPU registers 1 P Cache Status Data 1 Test address up 1 Test address down 3 38 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 A ma m D O T 0 FSR 0 Test walking 1 O 0 0 Schizo reg te O Iommu A registe 1 Test cell disturba
32. Configuration Solaris Handbook for Sun Peripherals 805 7404 Configuration Solaris 8 x Sun Hardware Platform Guide 1 Diagnostics SunVTS 4 x User s Guide 1 Diagnostics SunVTS 4 x Quick Reference Card 1 Diagnostics SunVTS 4 x Test Reference Manual 1 Installation 14 Gbyte 8 mm Tape Drive Installation Manual 802 1849 Installation Elite 3D Installation Guide 805 4391 Installation Creator Frame Buffer Installation Guide 802 6682 Installation Sun PGX32 PCI Graphics Card Installation Guide 805 7770 Installation User 12 24 Gbyte 4 mm DDS 3 Tape Drive Installation and User s Guide 802 7791 Installation Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Rackmount Installation Guide 805 7959 Installation user Sun StorEdgeTM CD32 Installation and User s Guide 805 4237 xxxviii Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Application Title Part Number Specification Specification Specification Specification Specification Specification User User User Manual Eject Diskette Drive Specifications 18 GB 10K rpm Disk Drive Specifications 36 GB 10K rpm Disk Drive Specifications 73 GB 10K rpm Disk Drive Specifications 8 mm Tape Drive Specifications 4 mm DDS 2 Tape Drive Specifications 21 Inch Premium 19 8 inch Viewable Color Monitor Guide 24 Inch Premium 22 5 inch Viewable Color Monitor Guide 14 Gbyte 8 mm Tape Drive User s Guide 805 1133 806 1057 806 4799 816 1133 802 5775 802 7790 875 1844 875 1
33. Device 5 network firewire usb Probing pci 8 700000 Device 6 scsi disk tape scsi disk tape Probing pci 8 700000 Device 1 Nothing there Probing pci 8 700000 Device 2 Nothing there Probing pci 8 700000 Device 3 Nothing there Probing pci 8 700000 Device 4 Nothing there UltraSPARC III No Keyboard OpenBoot 4 0 common 23 512 MB memory installed Serial 8839885 Ethernet address 8 0 20 86 e2 cd Host ID 8086e2cd 6 At the ok prompt type obdiag Verify that the OBDiag menu is displayed CODE EXAMPLE 4 8 4 16 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 4 9 2 CODE EXAMPLE 4 8 OBDiag Menu obdiag 1 SUNW glc 4 2 audio 1 200000 3 bbce1 0 4 ebus 5 5 firewire 5 2 6 flashprm 0 0 7 floppye1 3023f0 8 gpio l1 300600 9 12c 1 2e 10 i2c 1 30 11 network 5 1 12 parallel 1 3000278 13 pmc 1 300700 14 rtc 1 300070 15 scsi 6 16 scsi 6 1 17 serial 1 400000 18 usb 5 3 Commands test test all except help what printenvs setenv versions exit The following menu is displayed when the help command is executed Command Description exit Exits obdiag tool help Prints this help information setenv Sets diagnostic configuration variable to new value printenvs Prints values for diagnostic configuration variables versions Prints self tests library and obdiag tool versions test all Tests all devices displayed in the menu test 1 2 5 Tests devices 1 2 and 5 except 2 5 Tests all
34. ECC Test t register addressing diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 11 of 15 Test walking 1 0 FPU registers st register addressing 1 FSR register up down cell disturbance Ecach ECC Test Ecache ECC Test Uncorrectabl Ecach Ecache ECC Test ECC Test Ecache Ecache ECC Test Ecache ECC Test ECC Test ECC Test Memory address selection All Banks Memory marching All Banks cers Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 17 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 12 of 15 0 Map PCI A space 1 Map PCI B space 0 Schizo reg test 1 Schizo reg test 0 PBM A registers 1 PBM B registers 0 Iommu A registers 1 Iommu B registers 0 Streaming Cache A registers 1 Streaming Cache B registers 0 Mondo Interrupt A registers 1 Mondo Interrupt B registers Schizo pci A id test PCI A Vendor ID 108e 1 Schizo pci B id test O PCI A Device ID 8001 1 PCI B Vendor ID 108e 0 Schizo mem test 1 PCI B Device ID 8001 O memtst ram data port A 1 Schizo mem test l memtst ram data port B O memtst cam data port A l memtst cam data port B memtst ram addr port A memtst cam addr port A l memtst ram addr port B SS O memtst pnta port A l memtst cam addr port B l memtst pnta port B O memtst Inta port
35. FC AL M4 e cantoler E L_ upAs s 33 66 MHz RES Hard UltraSPARC III Se sec 64 bit PCA iy _ NES Processor 1 board 33 MHz RCI 64 bit PCI B 3 Elite 3D m3 ji SCSI Elite 3D m6 Interrupt controller controller Creator 3D ASIC ASIC Series 3 XV 500 y EBus EBus PCIO 2 pta ASIC peripherals 2 lla 501 ben o S FW804 Ex ternal 20 Diskette owe SCSI E connector Synchronous Parallel Audio I O serial port ports y y RS 232 423 Ethernet port Hi Ext1394 port port 10 100 BASE T Ext USB ports FIGURE C 1 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Functional Block Diagram Appendix C Functional Description C 3 TZ UltraSPARC HI Central Processing Unit CPU The UltraSPARC II CPU is high performance highly integrated superscalar processing module that implements SPARC V9 64 bit reduced instruction set computer RISC architecture The CPU module has been updated and improved to further advance reliability availability scalability and serviceability features of the UltraSPARC III CPU module Note There are now two groups of UltraSPARC III CPU modules The UltraSPARC III 600 750 or 900 MHz CPU modules and the UltraSPARC III Cu CPU modules The workstation s motherboard provides slots for two UltraSPARC III CPU modules Each processor module includes one CPU chip with integrated cache memory for data and instructions as well as up to 8 Mbytes of external static random access memory SRAM cache memory The CPU mod
36. IEEE 1394 bus This would allow external devices to still communicate on the bus while the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations are in low power mode The IEEE 1394 interface must be awakened by software when an application desires to use the IEEE 1394 bus USB USB framework power manages all USB devices If a USB device is inactive for a period of time USB framework puts the device into low power mode The device is again brought into full power mode by the USB framework when a user attempts to use a device or when an application on the host starts an input or output to or from the device All HID human interface device hub and storage devices example keyboard or mouse are power managed by default if they support wakeup Printers are power managed only between job outputs Note Activity on the USB keyboard or mouse indicates user intervention causing USB framework power to remove the workstation from low power mode Appendix C Functional Description C 53 C 54 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 APPENDIX D USB Support This appendix contains information on the following topics m Section D 1 USB Keyboard and Mouse on page D 1 m Section D 2 USB Power Management on page D 2 D 1 D 1 1 USB Keyboard and Mouse USB Keyboard The following USB Keyboard information is provided for your Type 6 USB keyboard m The Sleep key on the USB keyboard behaves diffe
37. Index Index 1 Contents xiii xiv Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 GURE 1 1 GURE 1 2 GURE 1 3 GURE 1 4 GURE 3 1 GURE 4 1 GURE 5 1 GURE 5 2 GURE 5 3 GURE 5 4 GURE 6 1 GURE 6 2 GURE 6 3 GURE 6 4 GURE 6 5 GURE 6 6 GURE 6 7 GURE 6 8 GURE 6 9 GURE 6 10 Figures Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstation Monitor Keyboard and Mouse 1 4 Front Panel Overview Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations 1 5 Back Panel Overview Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations 1 6 Exploded View Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations 1 9 Setting Up a TIP Connection 3 3 Power Supply Connector Jack Location 4 8 Workstation Power Switch 5 6 Lock Block Location 5 7 Removing the Access Panel 5 9 Attaching the Antistatic Wrist Strap to the Chassis 5 11 Power Supply Cable Tie 6 2 Removing and Replacing the Power Supply Assembly 6 3 Removing and Replacing the Connectors for the Power Supply Assembly 6 3 Dressing the Power Supply Cables 6 4 Removing and Replacing the Power Switch Assembly 6 6 Removing and Replacing the Peripheral Power Cable Assembly 6 8 Removing and Replacing the SCSI Cable Assembly 6 10 Removing and Replacing the Diskette Drive Cable Assembly 6 12 Removing and Replacing the Smart Card Reader Cable Assembly 6 14 Removing and Replacing the Combined Cable Assembly 6 16 XV FIGURE 6 11 FIGURE 6 12 FIGURE 6 13
38. Interrupt 1 Stick amp Stick Compare Reg 1 Walk 1 0 STICK Compare register O Stick amp Stick Compare Reg 3 32 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 aA 0 Verify S1 on Verify SI diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU 3 of 12 1 Verify TICK register 1 Verify TICK register e Verify S1 TICK Interrupt O Walk 1 0 STICK Compare register STICK register Overflow is counting STICK Interrupt Overflow O 00D o Sy AFT pin is high 1 Measure CPU Clock Measure CPU Clock Setup Memory Controller IMMU Registers eS iT pur _ pur SS pur a Testing I TSB Test walking 1 Test walking 0 Testing I TLB Test walking 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Test walking 0 Test walking 1 Test walking 1 Testing D TSB Test walking 1 Testing D TLB Test walking 1 1 1 1 1 Testing Seconda 1 1 1 1 1 1 Testing Virtual res thr res thr res ag res thr res thr 0 DMMU Registers res ED Testing Primary Co les thr Tes ry Tes thr Tes res thr res ag res thr Tes MU Registers ting I TSB ough the register t walking 1 through the ough the register t walking 0 through the Access ting I TLB T
39. Module Into the Threaded Inserts 3 Tighten both captive screws by hand until the screws contact the threaded inserts of the CPU shroud Once the CPU module is seated surface contact between the captive screws and the threaded inserts of the shroud typically occurs in less than one turn of both left and right captive screws 4 Do one of the following a If you have torque tool A perform Steps 10 15 b If you have torque tool B perform Steps 5 9 and 14 15 5 Use torque tool B to rotate the left captive screw one turn clockwise see FIGURE 8 10 Caution Do not use a torque tool from another Sun product The Sun Blade torque tools are specifically designed for this workstation 8 14 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 6 Use torque tool B to rotate the right captive screw one turn clockwise see FIGURE 8 10 Torque tool B 2 Right captive screw Left captive screw FIGURE 8 10 Alternately Rotating Left and Right Captive Screws One Turn Clockwise Caution Under torquing the captive screws for the CPU module may cause a loss of contact between the CPU module and the motherboard connector This may cause failure of the workstation to boot Over torquing the captive screws for the CPU module may cause severe damage to the module and a potential workstation failure 7 Repeat Step 5 and Step 6 until the gap for torque tool B is 0 0 inches 0 0 mm see FIGURE 8 11 Use the torqu
40. Power Management The objective of the Environmental Protection Agency s Energy Star program is to reduce power consumption levels of electrical devices to save energy The Energy Star specification for computers requires that after 15 30 minutes of inactivity the reduced power level be less than 15 of the maximum rated output of the power supply The approach adopted to meet the Energy Star requirement on the previous generation of desktop platforms is to preserve an image of the system on m the disk drive for fast reboot m to do an orderly shut down and m to turn off the workstation The Power Management software that is integrated with your Solaris software improves the energy efficiency of your system Internal subsystems enter a low power mode after a specified period of inactivity Power is returned to subsystems on an as needed basis While in low power mode your system retains network awareness such that it responds to tasks directed to it The power indicator LED in the center of the front panel power switch has three states that indicate the power status of the system as described in TABLE C 12 TABLE C 12 Power Indicator LED States LED Activity Meaning LED off System power is off or system is booting up LED blinking All internal subsystems are in lowest possible power consumption mode for this system Some hardware components and software drivers do not support this system s lowest possible power consumpti
41. Procedures 10 3 10 23 Stop F Functionality Stop F functionality is not available in workstations with USB keyboards 10 24 Stop D Functionality The Stop D diags key sequence is not supported on workstations with USB keyboards However Stop D functionality can be closely emulated by using the power button double tap see Chapter 10 2 2 This action temporarily sets diag switch to true If you want the diagnostic mode turned on permanently type ok setenv diag switch true 10 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 APPENDIX A Product Specifications This appendix provides product specifications for the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations including A 1 Section A 1 Physical Specifications on page A 1 Section A 2 Electrical Specifications on page A 2 Section A 3 Energy Star Compliance on page A 2 Section A 4 Environmental Requirements on page A 3 Physical Specifications TABLE A 1 Physical Specifications Specification U S A Metric Height 17 8 in 452 mm Width 10 0 in 254 mm Depth 23 7 in 602 mm Weight approximate 70 0 lbs 32 Kg A 2 Electrical Specifications TABLE A 2 Electrical Specifications Parameter Value AC input 100 to 240 Vac 47 to 63 Hz 0 8 KVA DC output 670W maximum Output 1 3 3 VDC 90A Output 2 5 0 VDC 70A Output 3 12 0 VDC 8 0A Output 4 12 0 VDC 0 4A Output 5 5 0 VDC 1 5A
42. SnoopTags 0 P Cache Init 1 Test address up 0 FPU Registers 1 Test address down 0 Test walking 1 0 FPU registers Test cell disturbance Test data reliability Test address line transitions P Cache Status Data Test address up Test address down AA ss 3 16 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 1 Test cell disturbance O T 137 131 Test data reliability Test address line transitions 1 P Cache Init 1 FPU Registers 1 1 0 FSR 077 O 077 on OO aA Test Test Test Test pe Jx pe Ecache RAM address address Correctabl down 1 cell disturbance del data reliability Test data reliability transitions Test address line transitions 1 line 1 Ecache Init 1 Pest walking 1 FSR register Test address up Test walking Ecache RAM Test address s FSR s Test address Test K 1 mcacn 1 Uncorrectable 1 Correctable 1 Uncorrectable SW 1 Correctable 1 Uncorrectable System SW Correctable SW ECC Test Uncorrectable SW ECC Test Correctable System ECC Test Uncorrectable System Memory address selection All Banks 1 Memory marching All Banks 1 Safari regis Safari ID reg fc000000 0011a953 System Correctabl Ecache Init
43. Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Hardware Documentation CD ROM Note When removing or replacing a hard drive drive slot 1 is in the bottom position of the hard drive bracket Drive slot 2 is in the upper position of the hard drive bracket Note If only one hard drive is installed on the workstation or if you only want to boot from a specific drive that hard drive must be installed in drive slot 1 in the bottom position of the hard drive bracket 7 1 7 1 1 Removing a Hard Drive 1 Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in 1 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 2 Release the drive handle by pushing the handle release button toward the front of the chassis housing FIGURE 7 1 3 Pull out on the drive handle to disconnect the hard drive from the FC AL backplane assembly connector 4 Remove the hard drive from the hard drive bracket 5 Place the hard drive on an antistatic mat Release button Drive handle Hard drive FIGURE 7 1 Removing and Replacing a Hard Drive 7 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Tiled Replacing a Hard Drive Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components We
44. SunVTS diagnostic software m SunVTS Quick Reference Card provides an overview of how to use the SunVTS CDE interface m SunVTS Test Reference Manual provides details about each individual SunVTS test 2 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CHAPTER 3 Power On Self Test This chapter describes how to initiate power on self test POST diagnostics POST is a firmware program used to determine workstation failures POST verifies the core functionality of the workstation including operation of the CPU module s motherboard memory and some on board I O devices POST can be run even if the workstation is unable to boot This chapter contains the following topics m Section 3 1 POST Overview on page 3 1 m Section 3 2 Pre POST Preparation on page 3 2 m Section 3 3 Setting Up POST to Run in an OpenBoot PROM Environment on page 3 4 m Section 3 4 Maximum and Minimum Levels of POST on page 3 5 3 1 POST Overview POST detects most workstation faults and is located in the motherboard OpenBoot PROM POST is invoked optionally at power up by the OpenBoot program and depends on the setting of two environment variables diag switch and diag level The values for diag switch and diag level are stored in nonvolatile RAM NVRAM Note POST diagnostic and error message reports are displayed on a console terminal 3 1 ce Bal How to Use POST When the workstat
45. TSB Test walking 1 through the register Testing D TLB Tag Access SA o A A a i Chapter 3 Power On Self Test diag level Variable Set to max single CPU 2 of 9 3 23 CODE EXAMPLE 3 2 lest rest Test 4M Test Test Test Test Test 8K Test Test Test Test Test 4M Test Test Test Test Test 8K Test Test Test 4M Test Test Test Test Test 8K Test Test Test Test Test 4M Test Test Test Test Test 00 OO 00710 O0 00 OOO 000 0700 0 0 Oro 070 010 0000 0 0 0 0 0 0070 000 0 0 0 0 0C A A de As A A ss As A A As As ss As As ss As ss As As As ss As As As ss ss As A A ss As As As As As ss As As ss ss walking 1 through the register Testing Virtual Watchpoint walking 1 through the register Testing Physical Watchpoint walking 1 through the register DTLB RAM address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions DTLB RAM address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions DTLB TAG address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions DTLB TAG address up address down address line transitions ITLB RAM address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions ITLB RAM address up address down cell disturbance data reliability
46. Testing Primary Co Tes thr les Testing Secondary Tes thr res res the Les ag es the res Wa res thr res res MU Registers ting I TSB ough the register t walking 1 through the register ough the register t walking 0 through the register Access ting I TLB Tag Access ough the register t walking 1 through the register ough the register t walking 0 through the register MU Registers ntext ting Primary Context ough the register t walking 1 through the register Context ting Secondary Context ough the register t walking 1 through the register ting D TSB ough the register t walking 1 through the register Access ting D TLB Tag Access ough the register t walking 1 through the register tchpoint ting Virtual Watchpoint ough the register t walking 1 through the register Testing Physical Watchpoint ting Physical Watchpoint Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 9 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 0 Test 0 4M 0 Test 0 Test 0 Test 0 Test 0 Test 4M Test rest par aA ooo pur 0 Test 0 Test 0 Test 0 8K 0 Test 0 Test walking 1 thr 1 Tes DTLB RAM hj 4 address up 1 Tes address down 1 Tes cell disturba 1 Tes data reliabil 1 Tes address line 1 Tes DTLB RAM 1 8 address up 1 Tes address down 1 Tes cell disturba 1 Tes data reliabil 1 Tes address line 1 Tes DTLB TAG
47. UPA64S leaf supports a slave only UPA UltraSPARC Port Architecture bus segment that supports two slave graphics devices The SBC receives PIOs programmed I Os from the Sun CrossBar Interconnect and issues them onto the UPA64S bus The data is routed from the CPMS to the Sun CrossBar Interconnect interface block and finally to the UPA64S bus through the UPA leaf The UPA64S leaf is designed to sustain a stream of write PIOs at 120 MHz This translates to a sustained bandwidth of 800 MByte sec The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations support a separate clock synthesizer for the UPA645 bus which is clocked at 120 MHz See Section C 1 7 UPA on page C 27 for details EPCI A Leaf Block The extended PCI EPCI is the 64 bit 66 MHz PCI The PCI A leaf is the host controller for the EPCI It supports 3 3 V signalling only The PCI A leaf can support four master devices The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstation only includes only two master devices the EPCI slot and the FC AL disk controller The microarchitecture of both PCI leaves is almost identical The PCI A leaf also supports the logic blocks mentioned above to comply with the Sun4u Sun5 architecture The EPCI high bandwidth pluggable I O interface sustains up to 500 MBps in streaming DVMA mode See Section C 1 8 PCI Bus on page C 27 for details PCI B Leaf Block The term PCI refers to the 33 MHz PCI bus PCI specification revision 2 1 The PCI
48. a socketed I2C EEPROM that contains workstation specific information such as the Ethernet address This EEPROM can be transferred to a replacement motherboard Another I2C EEPROM contains system info for a diagnostic log 12C is also used in the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations for a smart card reader interface Clock Synthesizers The BBC ASIC supports another serial interface to access the clock synthesizers Synthesizers allow frequency margining on the system clock and the UPA64S clock frequency After a power on reset the clock frequency for the system is set at a default low frequency 100 MHz The multiplier in the CPU modules also are set at their lower value The OpenBoot PROM software determines the optimal system frequency by reading the I2C EEPROMs on the module and the motherboard The OpenBoot PROM software programs the new multiplier values in the CPU processors and adjusts the frequency of the synthesizers A subsequent reset will activate the new multiplier values inside the processors Miscellaneous functions The BBC also supports the following functions m Scratch pad memory 2 Kilobytes organized in 256 registers of 64 bits m Energy Star protocol on the Sun CrossBar Interconnect bus Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 7 C 1 8 C 1 8 1 UPA The UltraSPARC port architecture UPA provides a packet based interconnect between the system bus controller SBC ASI
49. address line transitions ITLB TAG address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions ITLB TAG 3 24 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 diag level Variable Set to max single CPU 3 of 9 CODE EXAMPLE 3 2 o OO OG OOO 6 0 0 OG OGOGO OGO 0 0 0 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OOO OO OOO 0 0 0 0 rest Test Pest sn address up address down address line transitions IMMU Init DMMU Init Mapping done MMU enabled Memory address selection Initial area Memory marching Initial area E Cache Global Vars Init E Cache Quick Verification gt Ecache TAGS Test Test Test Test Test address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions Ecache Address Lin Partial Ecache Init yA BBC E Star Registers I Cache RAM Test lest rest lest rest lest Test Fest Test est TEST Test Test Test Test Pest rest Pest est Pest address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions I Cache TAGS Testing I Cache Tag address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions Testing I Cache Micro Tag address up address down cell disturbance data reliability add
50. antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 1 Position the power switch assembly in the chassis cutout FIGURE 6 5 2 Connect the combined cable assembly connectors to the power switch assembly terminators 3 Using a 5 16 inch nutdriver replace the nut securing the power switch assembly to the chassis 4 Replace the peripheral bezel assembly 6 6 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 5 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 6 3 6 3 1 Cable Assemblies Use the following procedures to remove and replace these assemblies Peripheral power cable assembly SCSI cable assembly Diskette drive cable assembly Smart card reader cable assembly Combined cable assembly Logo LED cable assembly Note Unconnected portions of the peripheral power cable assembly should remain clipped inside the chassis Removing the Peripheral Power Cable Assembly Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Remove the fan assembly and fan bracket See Section 6 5 1 Removing a Fan Assembly on
51. before hot removing Cabling Never use USB cable extenders that are available on the market Always use a hub with longer cables to connect devices Appendix D USB Support D 3 a Always use fully rated 12Mbps 20 28 AWG cables for connecting devices D 2 5 Devices Supported m USB keyboard and mouse Composite keyboards with PS 2 mouse a Hubs 4 amp 7 port either bus or self powered m Printers Lexmark Optra E310 M410 T616 W810 Color45 a Xerox DocuPrint N2125 m Storage Iomega Zip 100 Zip 250 See the man page for scsi2usb for a complete list of devices supported D 2 6 Man Pages Available m ohci 7D m uhci 7D m hubd 7D m usb_mid 7D m hid 7D m scsi2usb 7D m usbprn 7D m usbkb 7M m usbms 7M D 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Glossary address ASIC Asynchronous ASP BIST boot boot PROM CDE DIMM DMA DRAM DTAG DVD EEPROM EMI EPCI 1 A number used by system software to identify a storage location 2 In networking a unique code that identifies a node to the network Application specific integrated circuit An operation that is not synchronized with the timing of any other part of the system Authorized service provider Built in self test To load the system software into memory and start it running In Sun workstations the boot PROM contains a PROM monitor program a command interpreter used for booting reset
52. cylinder per pulse WRITE_DATA supplies the disk drive with the data to be written to disk provided the WRITE_GATE signal is active low When active low WRITE_GATE enables the drive write circuits When active high WRITE_GATE enables drive read circuits When active low TRACKO indicates that the track zero sensor has been activated and that the heads are over the outermost cylinder When active low WRITE_PROTECT indicates that the inserted diskette is write protected and that drive write operations are disabled When active READ_DATA enables data from the disk to be transferred to the host through this signal line Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE B 19 Diskette Drive Connector J1801 Signals and Functions Continued Pin Signal Name Function 32 34 25 31 33 HEAD_ SELECT DISK_CHANGE GND When low HEAD_SELECT selects head 1 When high HEAD_SELECT selects head 0 When low DISK_CHANGE indicates that the drive tape medium has been changed DISK_CHANGE is reset when a new disk is inserted and an enable signal is sent by the host Ground Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 23 B 13 Internal SCSI Connector 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 49 O0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 50 FIGURE B 18 Internal SCSI Connector J5002 TABLE B 20 Internal SCSI Connector J5002 Pin Signal Name 1
53. degrees F 0 degrees C Appendix A Product Specifications A 3 A 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 APPENDIX B Signal Descriptions This appendix describes the system motherboard connector signals and pin assignments Section B 1 Power Connectors on page B 2 Back panel connectors Section B 2 Serial Ports A and B on page B 6 Section B 3 UltraSCSI Connector on page B 7 Section B 4 Parallel Port Connector on page B 12 Section B 5 Universal Serial Bus Connector on page B 13 Section B 6 TEEE 1394 Connector on page B 14 Section B 7 Twisted Pair Ethernet Connector on page B 15 Section B 8 Audio Connectors on page B 17 Section B 9 FC AL Rear Panel Connector on page B 17 Section B 10 Graphics Card Connectors on page B 18 Internal connectors Section B 11 Smart Card Reader Connector on page B 19 Section B 12 Diskette Drive Connector on page B 21 Section B 13 Internal SCSI Connector on page B 24 Section B 14 Internal FC AL Connector on page B 25 Section B 15 Logo LED Connector on page B 26 B 1 B 1 Power Connectors The motherboard has seven power connectors The following table lists these power connectors the connector use and the supporting figure and table FIGURE C 15 identifies the motherboard connector location Supporting Figure Supporting Table RE B 1 TABLE B 2 RE
54. des d g ts mat riels Symboles Vous trouverez ci dessous la signification des diff rents symboles utilis s Attention risques de blessures corporelles et de d g ts mat riels Veuillez suivre les instructions Attention surface temp rature lev e Evitez le contact La temp rature des surfaces est lev e et leur contact peut provoquer des blessures corporelles Attention pr sence de tensions dangereuses Pour viter les risques d lectrocution et de danger pour la sant physique veuillez suivre les instructions Modification du mat riel Ne pas apporter de modification m canique ou lectrique au mat riel Sun Microsystems n est pas responsable de la conformit r glementaire d un produit Sun qui a t modifi xxviii Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Positionnement d un produit Sun Attention pour assurer le bon fonctionnement de votre produit Sun et pour l emp cher de surchauffer il convient de ne pas obstruer ni recouvrir les ouvertures pr vues dans l appareil Un produit Sun ne doit jamais tre plac proximit d un radiateur ou d une source de chaleur au poste de travail s l ve selon la norme DIN Attention Le niveau de pression acoustique 45 635 section 1000 70 dB A ou moins Conformit SELV S curit les raccordements E S sont conformes aux normes SELV Connexion du cordon d alim
55. gt amp Sun microsystems Sun Blade 1000 and SunBlade 2000 Service Manual Sun Microsystems Inc 4150 Network Circle Santa Clara CA 95054 U S A 650 960 1300 Part No 816 3217 10 January 2002 Revision A Send comments about this document to docfeedback sun com Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems Inc 901 San Antonio Road Palo Alto CA 94303 4900 U S A All rights reserved This product or document is distributed under licenses restricting its use copying distribution and decompilation No part of this product or document may be reproduced in any form by any means without prior written authorization of Sun and its licensors if any Third party software including font technology is copyrighted and licensed from Sun suppliers Parts of the product may be derived from Berkeley BSD systems licensed from the University of California UNIX is a registered trademark in the U S and other countries exclusively licensed through X Open Company Ltd Sun Sun Microsystems the Sun logo docs sun com OpenBoot ShowMe How Ultra AnswerBook2 AnswerBook SunATM Sun Blade Solaris SunVTS PGX32 Sun StorEdge and Power Management are trademarks registered trademarks or service marks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the U S and other countries All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International Inc in the U S and other countries Products bearing SPARC trademarks are bas
56. inputs of the CODEC 2 Stereo microphone Buffered by a non inverting operational amplifier input one operational amplifier for the left channel and one operational amplifier for the right channel The left and right outputs are then fed into the left and right Mic Inputs of the CODEC A filtered 5 VDC signal is fed to the signal inputs 3 CODEC mono output Fed into an active graphic equalizer to add bass boost and mid range attenuation Equalizer output is amplified and routed to the front mounted 16 ohm 68 mm speaker Appendix C Functional Description C 37 TABLEC 6 Audio Card Features Figure Reference Feature Description 4 Line output A direct output except El which enables muting of this signal The mute function is driven from the codec PIO lines 5 Headphone output Buffered by an operational amplifier to give headphone drive with low impedances of 16 ohms or more The output of the headphone out is independently mutable driven from codec PIO lines 6 Multimedia CODEC Heart of the audio module A single chip stereo MMCODEC A D and D A converter based on delta sigma conversion LINL MONO_OUT Mono INDES 4 speaker LINR Line level input stereo 7 Le Due Microphone level CODEC input stereo Aux 1 L Aux 1 R DVD ROM drive internal optional LOUT L SO Line out Line level out mute control stereo aa Headphone Headphone mute control out
57. interface is managed by the PCIO 2 ASIC FIGURE C 10 shows the keyboard and mouse port interface functionality Appendix C Functional Description C 31 C 1 11 1 C 1 12 C 1 12 1 Keyboard and Mouse Port The keyboard and mouse are connected to the USB connectors located on the motherboard Keyboard current is limited to 700 milliamperes mA by a resettable fuse Parallel port DB 25 Keyboard Mouse Parallel EMI gt port filter B USB porig Superl O PCIO 2 ASIC Diskette drive ode select Density sense Diskette drive edge connector Diskette controller gt FIGURE C 10 Keyboard and Mouse Diskette and Parallel Port Functional Block Diagram Diskette Drive and Parallel Ports The diskette drive and parallel port are managed by the Superl O component Diskette Port The diskette port is supported by a diskette controller located on the Superl O ASIC The diskette controller is software compatible with the DP8473 DP765A and the N82077 diskette controllers The SuperI O ASIC is compatible with perpendicular recording drives 2 88 Mbyte formatted diskettes and standard diskette drives The diskette controller handles data rates of 2Mbit sec 1Mbit sec 500 Kbits sec and 250 Kbit sec C 32 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 12 2 Two extra pins on the Superl O ASIC support all Sun standard diskette drives including diskette drives using Density
58. ngase en contacto con el responsable de mantenimiento o con un electricista cualificado si no est seguro del sistema de alimentaci n el ctrica del que se dispone en su edificio Precauci n No todos los cables de alimentaci n el ctrica tienen la misma capacidad Los cables de tipo dom stico no est n provistos de protecciones contra sobrecargas y por tanto no son apropiados para su uso con computadores No utilice alargadores de tipo dom stico para conectar sus productos Sun Precauci n Con el producto Sun se proporciona un cable de alimentaci n con toma de tierra Para reducir el riesgo de descargas el ctricas con ctelo siempre a un enchufe con toma de tierra Bater a de litio Precauci n En las placas de CPU Sun hay una bater a de litio insertada en el reloj de tiempo real tipo SGS N m MK48T59Y MK48TXXB XX MK48T18 XXXPCZ M48T59W XXXPCZ o MK48T08 Las bater as no son elementos reemplazables por el propio cliente Pueden explotar si se manipulan de forma err nea No arroje las bater as al fuego No las abra o intente recargarlas Tapa de la unidad del sistema Debe quitar la tapa del sistema cuando sea necesario a adir tarjetas memoria o dispositivos de almacenamiento internos Aseg rese de cerrar la tapa superior antes de volver a encender el equipo productos Sun sin la tapa superior colocada El hecho de no tener en cuenta esta precauci n puede ocasionar da os personales o perjudic
59. nnna m 0100 Oc 0 0 Cro 00 OOO OO 10 0 0 0 01 Ot OVO Oa Oc 100 0010 O O 010 10 6 60 Note The following POST examples are executed with 750 MHz CPUs and 512 MB of memory 3 42 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 4 diag level Variable Set to min Single CPU 1 of 8 4 0 Version 35 created 2000 01 21 17 29 Clearing TLBs Done Executing Power On SelfTest 0 4 0 Version 28 created 2000 06 27 18 05 Clearing TLBs Done Power On Reset Executing Power On SelfTest POST v4 1 1 06 30 2000 02 15 PM Test CPU present Device Present register BBC showed that CPU1 not present or dead Soft POR to the whole system Configure I2C controller 0 Configure I2C controller 1 I2C Controller Loopback Test Read JTag IDs of all ASICs BBC JTag ID 1483203b SCSI JTag ID 15060045 I chip JTag ID dle203b RIO JTag ID 3e5d03b Schizo JTag ID 1024c06d CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b Probing Seeprom on DIMMs and CPU modules WARNING DIMM 0 missing WARNING DIMM 2 missing WARNING DIMM 4 missing WARNING DIMM 6 missing CPUO Sensor package temperature 34 oC WARNING Temperature sensor on UPAO missing WARNING Temperature sensor on UPA1 missing Smart card reader present Read par
60. of 12 0 Streaming Cache A registers 0 Mondo Interrupt A registers Schizo pci A id test PCI A Vendor ID 108e 1 Schizo pci B id test O PCI A Device ID 8001 1 PCI B Vendor ID 108e 0 Schizo mem test 1 PCI B Device ID 8001 O memtst ram data port A 1 Schizo mem test l memtst ram data port B O memtst cam data port A l memtst cam data port B O memtst ram addr port A O memtst cam addr port A l memtst ram addr port B O memtst pnta port A l memtst cam addr port B 1 memtst pnta port B O memtst Inta port A l memtst Inta port B O memtst rnta port A l memtst rnta port B O memtst enta port A O memtst ln addr port A 1 memtst enta port B O memtst pg addr port A l memtst In addr port B O memtst sbuf addr port A l memtst pg addr port B l memtst sbuf addr port B 0 Schizo merg test O merg_wr 8 byte port A O merg_wr 4 byte port A 1 Schizo merg test l merg_wr 8 byte port B l merg_wr 4 byte port B 0 Map PCI B space for RIO 0 RIO Config 1 Streaming Cache B registers 1 Mondo Interrupt B registers Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 0 RIO EBus access Icache Functional l Verify cacheline fill on read miss Dcache Functional ocate on write miss from memory on read miss write through on write hit write through fetch on read miss set associativity Wcache Functional
61. ovl10 00 ff a5 5a pass pattern test ovll 00 ff a5 5a pass passed Frame buffer color test The frame buffer will be painted with red in the top third green in the middle third blue in the bottom third Direct Burst memory test address test db mem pass pattern test db mem 00 ff a5 5a pass ok ok setenv diag switch false diag switch false OpenBoot Diagnostics The OpenBoot diagnostics is a menu driven set of diagnostics that reside in flash PROM on the motherboard OpenBootDiag can isolate errors in the following workstation components Motherboard Diskette drive DVD ROM drive Hard drive Any option card that contains an onboard self test Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures OpenBootDiag performs root cause failure analysis on the referenced devices by testing internal registers confirming subsystem integrity and verifying device functionality On the motherboard OpenBootDiag tests not only the motherboard but also its interfaces PCI SCSI Ethernet Serial Parallel 4 9 1 Starting the OpenBootDiag Menu This section contains the following OpenBootDiag diagnostic information Section 4 9 1 Starting the OpenBootDiag Menu on page 4 14 Section 4 9 2 OLC Diagnostic Output Message on page 4 17 Section 4 9 3 Audio Output Message on page 4 18 Section 4 9 4 bbc 1 0 Output Message on page 4 18 Section 4 9 5 ebus 5 Output Message on page 4 18 Section 4 9 6 firewire 5 2 Ou
62. page 6 21 and Section 6 6 1 Removing the Fan Bracket on page 6 23 Partially remove the peripheral assembly to gain access to the peripheral connectors See Section 7 2 1 Removing the Peripheral Assembly on page 7 3 4 Disconnect the peripheral power cable assembly as follows FIGURE 6 6 Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 7 a Disconnect the peripheral power cable assembly connector from the motherboard connector J3608 b Disconnect the peripheral power cable assembly connectors from the tape drive DVD ROM drive diskette drive and the FC AL backplane assembly 5 Lift the peripheral power cable assembly up and out of the chassis From diskette drive From tape or DVD ROM drive From FC AL backplane assembly Ne 3 From motherboard connector J3608 TAY SA NA Aw SS i D 7 ZF Z a Y A 6 7 6 x ik TS Cable route E y X FIGURE 6 6 Removing and Replacing the Peripheral Power Cable Assembly 6 3 2 Replacing the Peripheral Power Cable Assembly an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in n Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear antistatic bags befor
63. pci 8 700000 ebus 5 gpio 1 300600 passed Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 i2c 1 2e passed Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 i2c 1 30 passed Testing pci 8 700000 network 5 1 passed Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 parallel 1 300278 passed Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 pmc 1 300700 passed Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 rtc 1 300070 passed Testing pci 8 700000 ScSs106 Locke cadence eee eee aaa passed Testing pei 8 700000 SCS1C6 1L assigne une eue da passed Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 serial 1 400000 passed Testing poeits8 700000 uSb 5 3 saute team en ere passed Hit any key to return to the main menu Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 25 4 26 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CHAPTER 5 Preparing for Component Removal and Replacement This chapter describes how to prepare for removal and replacement of internal workstation components symbols and safety precautions in this chapter before you remove or replace workstation components A Caution To prevent equipment damage review the safety requirements safety This chapter contains the following topics Section 5 1 Safety Requirements on page 5 2 Section 5 2 Safety Symbols on page 5 2 Section 5 3 Safety Precautions on page 5 3 Section 5 4 Tools Required on page 5 5 Section 5 5 Powerin
64. pin configuration B 13 connector J3002 pin configuration B 13 connector J3201 pin configuration B 14 connector J3203 pin configuration B 14 connector J3302 pin description B 4 power to PCI fan B 2 connector J3303 power to CPU fan B 2 connector J3601 power supply B 3 connector J3602 pin description B 5 power combined cable assembly B 2 connector J3603 power supply B 2 connector J3604 pin configuration B 19 connector J3605 pin configuration B 26 connector J3608 pin configuration B 5 power peripheral cable assembly B 2 connector J5002 pin configuration B 24 connector J5301 pin configuration B 15 connector pin assignments Ultra SCSI B 8 connector pin configuration graphics card B 18 control signals power supply C 43 CPU module removing 8 6 replacing 8 12 CPU shroud assembly removing 8 40 replacing 8 41 D description functional C 1 product 1 1 signal B 1 SunVTS 2 1 diag level variable set to min 2 way CPU configuration 3 6 3 30 variable set to min single CPU configuration 3 6 varible set to min single CPU configuration 3 30 diagnostics OBP on board 4 8 watch clock 4 9 DIMM failure 4 8 removing 8 30 replacing 8 32 disk drive failure 4 5 diskette drive C 30 port C 32 diskette drive cable assembly removing 6 11 replacing 6 12 removing and replacing 7 9 Superl O interface C 30 diskette port functional block diagram C 32 document orga
65. service manual publication date but are subject to change without notice Consult your authorized Sun sales representative or service provider to confirm a part number prior to ordering a replacement part Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 FIGURE 1 4 Exploded View Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations Product Description 1 9 Chapter 1 TABLE 1 3 Replaceable Components Ref No Component Description 1 m e WO N o 0 0 0 NN NN NNO 01 m o ua m 12 Hard drive 18 GB Hard drive 36 GB Hard drive 73 GB Logo LED cable assembly Fan 600 MHz 4 MB CPU module 750 MHz 8 MB CPU module 900 MHz 8 MB CPU modulel 1015 MHz 8 MB Cu CPU modulel 1050 MHz 8MB Cu CPU module PCI card Audio module assembly Graphics card Graphics card Graphics card Graphics card m3 graphics card m6 graphics card 128 Mbyte DIMM 256 Mbyte DIMM 512 Mbyte DIMM 1 GB DIMM SCSI cable assembly Peripheral power cable assembly Diskette drive cable assembly Smart card cable 18 GB 10000 RPM hard drive 36 GB 10000 RPM hard drive 73 GB 10000 RPM hard drive Cable for logo LED 12 VDC variable speed fan 600 MHz UltraSPARC III CPU module 750 MHz UltraSPARC III CPU module 900 MHz UltraSPARC III CPU module 1015 MHz UltraSPARC III Cu CPU module 1050 MHz UltraSPARC III Cu CPU module PGX32 2
66. set architecture devices In a Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstation there are five devices on this bus the boot PROM Flash memory the audio module the serial line controller the SuperI O chip and the I2C controller The TOD clock function is implemented by the real time clock inside the Superl O ASIC The nonvolatile RAM is implemented by a I2C serial EEPROM and part of the boot PROM The EBus channel engine also supports four DMA controllers with programmable transfer size and chained and unchained mode Only two devices support slave DMA transfers on EBus Superl O for the floppy disk interface single DMA engine and the parallel port single DMA engine and the audio CODEC for audio playback and capture two DMA engines Interrupts The interrupt model used in the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstation uses the Sun4u Sun5 architecture Interrupts are delivered to the processor s as Mondo vectors The CPU receives interrupt packets that are issued over the Sun CrossBar Interconnect bus The processors can issue interrupts to each other called cross calls They are issued by SBC for I O interrupts All interrupts that are not cross called are referred to as I O interrupts C 22 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 6 I O interrupts are issued on separate lines by the various on board devices the PCI cards and UPA cards The interrupts are routed to an interrupt concentrator the
67. single and double precision abs Test single and double precision conversion FPU Move To Registers Moving SP fp value through all fp registers Moving DP fp value through all fp registers FPU Branch Testing Branching on fccO Verify branching Verify no branching Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 29 CODE EXAMPLE 3 2 diag level Variable Set to max single CPU 9 of 9 Testing Branching on fccl erify branching erify no branching Testing Branching on fcc2 Verify branching Verify no branching Testing Branching on fcc3 Verify branching Verify no branching Ecache Functional Verify cacheline fill on read miss Verify write allocate on write miss Verify cacheline update on write hit Verify write back POST_END 31 pur AA A As As As As As ne ss ss 2 090170 O0 070 0010 0 00 00 3 4 2 diag level Variable Set to min When the diag level variable is set to min POST enables an abbreviated set of diagnostic level tests See TABLE 3 1 for approximate completion times The following code example identifies serial port A POST output with the diag 1evel NVRAM variable set to min for 2 way and single CPU configurations m diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 m diag level Variable Set to min single CPU CODE EXAMPLE 3 4 3 30 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 diag level Variable Set to
68. the chassis FIGURE 6 8 Connect the diskette drive cable assembly as follows FIGURE 6 8 a Connect the diskette drive cable assembly to the motherboard diskette drive connector J1801 b Feed the diskette drive cable through the chassis cutout c Feed the SCSI cable through the chassis cutout 6 12 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 6 3 7 d Connect the diskette drive cable assembly to the rear of the diskette drive e Connect the SCSI cable to J5002 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 Removing the Smart Card Reader Cable Assembly Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Disconnect the smart card reader cable assembly from the smart card reader FIGURE 6 9 Disconnect the smart card reader cable assembly from the motherboard connector J3904 Remove the smart card reader cable assembly from the workstation Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 13 To smart card reader To motherboard connector J3904 Cable route FIGURE 6 9 Removing and Replacing the Smart Card Reader Cable Assembly 6 3 8 R
69. the serial ID EEPROM on each DIMM When two groups of 4 DIMMs are present the SDRAM speed is considered the speed of the slowest SDRAM chip in the group DIMM implementation The implementation of the DIMM influences the timing parameters in the same way that the traces on the DIMM board define the memory bus topology The DIMM also supports a buffer for the address and control signals The serial ID PROM identifies the DIMM and by default defines a given implementation System clock frequency Sun CrossBar Interconnect frequency The memory bus clock generated by the CPU module is half the system clock frequency The timing parameters are relative to this clock System implementation The memory subsystem implementation also defines the timing parameters The term implementation refers to the motherboard and all the chips that are part of the memory bus A given implementation of a Sun Blade 1000 or Sun Blade 2000 system defines a set of timing parameters Processor clock ratio The UltraSPARC III module is running at the clock speed which is a multiple x4 x5 or x6 of the system clock Timing parameters are defined in terms of processor clocks which means the processor frequency must be adjusted before programming the memory timing control registers I O Subsystem The I O subsystem is designed around two bridge ASICs SBC and PCIO 2 SBC is the bridge between the Sun CrossBar Interconnect bus the UPA645 and the two PCI
70. the two upper corners of the graphics card pull the card straight up from the connector Remove the graphics card Place the graphics card on an antistatic mat Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 25 8 Aligned with Screw oe Bracket tab fan bracket card guide Graphics card FIGURE 8 17 Removing and Replacing a Graphics Card 8 4 4 Replacing the Graphics Card an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in n Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 1 Position the graphics card in the chassis FIGURE 8 17 2 Guide the card bracket tab into the chassis back panel slot opening Next guide the opposite end of the card into the fan bracket card guide so that the card is aligned evenly with the motherboard connector 8 26 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Caution Avoid applying excessive force to one end or one side of the card or connector damage might occur At the two upper corners of the card push the card straight down into the connector until the card is fully seated Note The graphics card connector is a double row connector that requires two levels of insertion When installing the graphics card ensure that the card is fully seated into the connector Using a No
71. upper side tabs Gently push the fan bracket down and towards the chassis frame until the fan bracket side tabs latch Connect the fan assembly power connectors to the motherboard connector J3302 for the lower fan assembly or J3303 for the upper fan assembly Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 6 6 1 AN 1 2 4 5 Fan Bracket Use the following procedures to remove and replace the fan bracket Removing the Fan Bracket Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Disconnect the fan assemblies from the motherboard FIGURE 6 14 See Section 6 5 1 Removing a Fan Assembly on page 6 21 Release the three fan bracket tabs in the chassis See FIGURE 6 14 Lift the fan bracket and fans from the chassis Remove the fan assemblies from the bracket See Section 6 5 1 Removing a Fan Assembly on page 6 21 Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 23 2 Tabs I k FIGURE 6 14 Removing and Replacing the Fan Bracket 6 6 2 Replacing the Fan Bracket Caution Use prop
72. 0000000000000000000000000000 000000000000000000000000000000000 33 34 FIGURE B 17 Diskette Drive Connector J1801 TABLE B 19 Diskette Drive Connector J1801 Signals and Functions Pin Signal Name 1 FLOPPY_ESECT 2 MODE_SELECT 4 HIGH_DENSITY_IN_L 8 INDEX Function NC When active low MODE_SELECT sets the drive for a 1 2 Mbyte formatted disk When active high MODE_SELECT sets the drive for a 1 44 Mbyte formatted disk When active low HIGH_DENSITY_IN_L indicates that a high density disk is inserted into the drive When active INDEX indicates the beginning of each track An active pulse is sent for each disk rotation Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 21 B 22 TABLE B 19 Diskette Drive Connector J1801 Signals and Functions Continued P n Signal Name Function 10 12 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 DRIVE_SELECT MOTOR _ENABLE DIRECTION STEP WRITE_DATA WRITE_GATE TRACKO WRITE_PROTECT READ_DATA When set true DRIVE_SELECT enables the drive to respond to other input signals When set low MOTOR_ENABLE initiates the spindle motor rotation When active high DIRECTION indicates movement of the magnetic head assembly toward the outer cylinders When active low DIRECTION indicates movement of the magnetic head assembly toward the inner cylinders On the trailing edge STEP moves the magnetic head in the direction specified by DIRECTION at a rate of one
73. 01 FIGURE 8 16 Graphics EPCI and PCI Card Slots 8 4 2 Sun Expert3D and Expert Lite Graphics Cards A software patch is required when two Sun Expert3D or Expert3D Lite graphics cards are installed in a Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations This software patch prevents system lockup of the CPUs when processing data between 8 24 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 8 4 3 two Expert3D or Expert3D Lite graphics cards The software patch number is 108576 08 and is downloaded when you install the Sun Expert3D or Expert3D Lite software provided with the graphics card installation kit Check for the latest patch level at the following Sun web site http www sun com sunsolve Removing the Graphics Card Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Lay the workstation on its side Disconnect the video cable from the graphics card video connector Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the screw securing the graphics card bracket tab to the workstation chassis FIGURE 8 17 Caution Avoid applying force to one end or one side of the board or connector damage may occur At
74. 015 and 1050 MHz processors 512 MB SDRAM Min 8GB SDRAM Max 60 ns ECC error correction 8 DIMM slots 1 line in 1 line out 1 microphone in 1 speaker out 4 Peripheral Component Interconnect PCI slots 3 64 bit 33 MHz 1 64bit 64 MHz 2 IEEE 1394 serial port connectors 2 UPA64S slots providing graphics support for the Sun Creator 3D Series 3 Sun Expert3D Sun Elite 3D m3 Sun Elite 3D m6 and Sun XV 500 graphics cards 1 Ethernet Fast Ethernet 10 100 Base T Twisted Pair Ethernet TPE connector 1 Fiber Channel Arbitrated Loop FC AL copper connector for mass storage 1 DB25 parallel port connector 1 Ultra wide SCSI connector TABLE 1 1 Sun Blade 1000 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Product Features and Options Sun Blade 2000 Serial ports Universal Serial Bus USB Hard drive Diskette drive Smart card reader DVD ROM drive Tape drive Pre installed software Video Monitors 2 RS232C RS423 serial ports B84K baud synchronous or 460 8K baud asynchronous 4 USB connectors 12Mb sec 2 FC AL 10 000 RPM internal B 5 inch hard drives 18 36 or 73GB 1 1 44 MB triple density manual eject diskette drive Smart card reader v1 or v2 1 Optional 4x speed DVD IROM drive il Optional 4mm tape drive Solaris 8 10 00 17 18 21 and 24 inch monitors resolutions from 960x680 to 1920x1200 Refresh rates from 60 Hz to 112 Hz 2 RS232C RS423 serial po
75. 1 m diag level variable set to max single CPU CODE EXAMPLE 3 2 Note The following POST examples are executed with 750 MHz CPUs and 512 MB of memory 3 6 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 1 of 15 on A As As A ss ss ss As ss OO El Clearing TLBs Done Power On Reset Executing Power On SelfTest 4 0 Version 28 created 2000 06 27 18 05 0 0 0 0 OO 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 70 00 0 0 0 0 0 POST v4 1 1 06 30 2000 02 15 PM 1 0 Test CPU present 11 POST v4 1 1 06 30 2000 02 15 PM 1 Test CPU present 0 Soft POR to the whole system 1 Soft POR to the whole system Configure I2C controller 0 Configure I2C controller 1 I2C Controller Loopback Test Read JTag IDs of all ASICs BBC JTag ID 1483203b SCSI JTag ID 15060045 I chip JTag ID dle203b RIO JTag ID 3e5d03b Schizo JTag ID 1024c06d CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b CPMS JTag ID 1142903b Probing Seeprom on DIMMs and CPU modules WARNING DIMM 0 missing WARNING DIMM 2 missing WARNING DIMM 4 missing WARNING DIMM 6 missing CPUO Sensor package temperature 32 oC CPU1L Sensor package temperature 29 oC WARNING Temperature sensor on UPAO missin
76. 1 12 2 Parallel Port C 33 Contents xi C 1 13 Serial Port C 34 C 1 13 1 Serial Port Components C 34 C 1 13 2 Serial Port Functions C 35 C 1 13 3 EIA Levels C 35 C 1 13 4 Synchronous Rates C 35 C 1 13 5 Asynchronous Rates C 36 C 1 13 6 Slew Rate and Cable Length C 36 C 1 14 Ethernet C 36 C 1 14 1 Automatic Negotiation C 37 C 1 14 2 External Cables C 37 C 1 15 Audio Card and Connector C 37 C 1 16 FC AL Subsystem C 39 C 1 17 SCSI C 41 C 1 17 1 Host Adapter C 41 C 1 17 2 Supported Target Devices C 42 C 1 17 3 External Cables C 42 C 1 18 Superl O C 42 C2 Power Supply C 43 C 2 1 Control Signals C 43 C 2 1 1 Remote Enable Power On C 44 C 3 Motherboard C 44 C4 Jumper Descriptions C 47 C 4 1 Flash PROM Jumpers C 48 C 5 Enclosure C 50 C 5 1 Enclosure Basics C 50 C 5 2 Enclosure Features C 50 C 6 Power Management C 51 C 6 1 Subsystems Power Management C 52 xii Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 6 1 1 UltraSPARC III Processor s Main Memory and Sun CrossBar Interconnect C 52 C 6 1 2 EPCIBus C 52 C 6 1 3 Storage Devices C 52 C 6 14 Audio C 53 C 6 15 TEEE1394Bus C 53 C 6 1 6 USB C 53 D USB Support D 1 D 1 USB Keyboard and Mouse D 1 D 1 1 D 1 2 USB Keyboard D 1 USB Mouse D 2 D 2 USB Power Management D 2 D 2 1 D 2 2 D 2 3 D 2 4 D 2 5 D 2 6 Storage Devices D 3 Printer Devices D 3 Hot Plugging D 3 Cabling D 3 Devices Supported D 4 Man Pages Available D 4 Glossary Glossary 1
77. 19 20 22 24 29 31 GND 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 SCSI data bus 18 26 32 36 38 SCSI_A_PAR lt 0 gt Termpowr_A SCSI_A_ATN_L SCSI_A_BSY_L SCSI_A_ACK_L B 24 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE B 20 Internal SCSI Connector J5002 Continued Pin Signal Name 40 SCSI_A_RESET_L 42 SCSI_A_MSG_L 44 SCSI_A_SEL_L 46 SCSI_A_CD_L 48 SCSI_A_REQ_L 50 SCSI_A_IO_L B 14 Internal FC AL Connector 0000000000000000000 0000000000000000000 19 20 FIGURE B 19 Internal FC AL Connector J2901 Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 25 TABLE B 21 Internal FC AL Connector J2901 Pin Signal Name 1 Dr1_PB1_F_1 2 DR2PB2_F_1 3 4 7 8 11 12 GND 15 16 19 20 5 T_DR2_PORT2IN_P 6 T_DR2_PORT2IN_N 9 DR2_PORT20UT_P 10 DR2_PORT20UT_N 13 T_DR1_PORT1IN_P 14 T_DR1_PORT1IN_N 17 DR1_PORT1OUT_P 18 DR1_PORTIOUT_N B 15 Logo LED Connector B 26 1 3 5 O Oo 0 O o_O 2 4 6 FIGURE B 20 Logo LED Connector J3605 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE B 22 Logo LED Connector J3605 Pin Signal Name 1 LED1 anode 2 LED3 cathode 3 LED2 cathode 4 LED3 anode 5 LED2 anode 6 LED1 cathode Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 27 B 28 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 APPENDIX C Functional Description This appendix provides functional descr
78. 2 Phillips screwdriver replace the screw securing the bracket tab to the workstation chassis Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 Connect the video cable to the graphics card video connector Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 27 8 9 8 5 1 Audio Module Assembly Perform the following procedures to remove and replace the audio module assembly If necessary view the ShowMe How video clip located on the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 CD ROM Removing the Audio Module Assembly Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Lay the workstation on its side Disconnect any external audio cables from the audio module assembly Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the screw securing the audio module assembly bracket tab to the workstation chassis FIGURE 8 18 Caution Avoid damaging the connector by not applying force to one end or one side of the module At the two upper corners of the audio module assembly pull the module straight up from the connector Remove the audio module assembly Pl
79. 3 NC Not connected 14 NC Not connected 15 SER_TRXC_A_L CONN Transmit clock 16 NC Not connected 17 SER_RXC_A_L_CONN Receive clock 18 NC Not connected 19 NC Not connected 20 SER_DTR_A_L_CONN Data terminal ready 21 NC Not connected 22 NC Not connected 23 NC Not connected 24 SER_TXC_A_L_CONN Terminal clock 25 NC Not connected B 3 UltraSCSI Connector The Ultra small computer system interface UltraSCSI connector J2202 is located on the motherboard back panel Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 7 1 34 Slo a QOOOOOOO000000000000000000000000000 35 68 FIGURE B 8 UltraSCSI Connector Pin Configuration TABLE B 9 UltraSCSI Connector Pin Assignments Pin Signal Description 1 GND Ground 2 GND Ground 3 NC Not connected 4 GND Ground 5 GND Ground 6 GND Ground 7 GND Ground 8 GND Ground 9 GND Ground 10 GND Ground 11 GND Ground 12 GND Ground 13 GND Ground 14 GND Ground 15 GND Ground 16 GND Ground 17 TERMPOWER Termpower 18 TERMPOWER Termpower B 8 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE B 9 UltraSCSI Connector Pin Assignments Continued Pin Signal Description 19 NC Not connected 20 GND Ground 21 GND Ground 22 GND Ground 23 GND Ground 24 GND Ground 25 GND Ground 26 GND Ground 27 GND Ground 28 GND Ground 29 GND Ground 30 GND Ground 31 GND Ground 32 GND Ground 33 GND Ground 34 GND Ground 35 SCSI_B_DAT lt 12 gt Data 12
80. 36 SCSI_B_DAT lt 13 gt _ Data 13 37 SCSI_B_DAT lt 14 gt _ Data 14 38 SCSI_B_DAT lt 15 gt _ Data 15 39 SCSI_B_PAR lt l gt Parity 1 40 SCSI_B_DAT lt 0 gt _ Data 0 41 SCSI_B_DAT lt 1 gt _ Data 1 Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 9 TABLE B 9 UltraSCSI Connector Pin Assignments Continued Pin Signal Description 42 SCSI_B_DAT lt 2 gt _ Data 2 43 SCSI_B_DAT lt 3 gt _ Data 3 44 SCSI_B_DAT lt 4 gt _ Data 4 45 SCSI_B_DAT lt 5 gt _ Data 5 46 SCSI_B_DAT lt 6 gt _ Data 6 47 SCSI_B_DAT lt 7 gt _ Data 7 48 SCSI_B_PAR lt 0 gt Parity 0 49 GND Ground 50 NC Not connected 51 TERMPOWER_B Terminal B power 52 TERMPOWER_B Terminal B power 53 NC Not connected 54 GND Ground 55 SCSI_B_ATN_L Attention 56 GND Ground 57 SCSI_B BSY_L Busy 58 SCSI_B_ACK_L Acknowledge 59 SCSI_B_RESET_L Reset 60 SCSI_B_MSG_L Message 61 SCSI_B_SEL_L Select 62 SCSI_B CD_L Command 63 SCSI_B_REO_L Request 64 SCSI_B_IO_L In out B 10 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE B 9 UltraSCSI Connector Pin Assignments Continued Pin Signal Description 65 SCSI_B_DAT lt 8 gt _ Data 8 66 SCSI_B_DAT lt 9 gt _ Data 9 67 SCSI_B_DAT lt 10 gt _ Data 10 68 SCSI_B_DAT lt 11 gt _ Data 11 Note _ underscore signifies active low Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 11 B 4 Parallel Port Connector The parallel port connector J2202 is a DB 25 connector located on the motherboard back panel N al O
81. 4 bit PCI card Audio applications 16 bit audio 8 Hz to 48 kHz Sun Creator 3D Series 3 graphics card Sun Expert3D graphics card Sun XVR 500 graphics card Sun XVR 1000 graphics card Sun Elite 3D m3 graphics card Sun Elite 3D m6 graphics card 128 Mbyte DIMM 256 Mbyte DIMM 512 Mbyte DIMM 1 GB DIMM Internal SCSI cable for removable bay DC power cable assembly Diskette drive cable assembly 20 inch 10 pin I2C cable 1 10 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE 1 3 Replaceable Components Continued Ref No Component Description 13 Motherboard assembly System board 14 Power supply assembly Power supply 670 watts 15 DVD ROM drivel DVD ROM drive 16 Manual eject floppy Diskette drive assembly 17 Smart card reader Smart card reader assembly 18 Speaker assembly 16 ohm speaker 19 FC AL backplane Provides interface between hard drive s and assembly motherboard 20 Combined cable Cable harness for the power switch interlock assembly power indicator LED and speaker 21 CPU Shroud 22 Power switch Provides main power to workstation 23 Interlock switch Provides power interlock 24 Chassis feet Kit 5 per box part of no 560 2525 UltraTM 30 60 80 accessory kit 25 PCI filler panel PCI filler panel part of no 560 2525 Ultra 30 60 80 accessory kit Not FC AL backplane Includes FC AL cable illustrated assembly w cable Not FC AL cage assembly Drive cage backplane and cable ill
82. 6 TABLE 1 2 Back Panel Overview Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations Callout in Figure 1 3 Explanation Back Panel Symbol 1 Access panel lock block None 2 Serial connectors A and B DB 25 can support A B RS 423 and RS 232 protocols 3 SCSI connector UltraSCSI 68 pin S 4 Parallel connector DB 25 5 Universal serial bus USB connectors Q gt 6 Twisted pair Ethernet TPE connector o 7 IEEE 1394 connectors gt 8 Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop FC AL connector 9 Audio module headphones connector NQ 9 Audio module line in connector 9 Audio module line out connector 6 9 Audio module microphone connector O 10 Graphics card video connector frame buffer 0 Ol 0 11 PCI card slot 4 33 MHz PCI 4 12 Graphics card video connector frame buffer 1 a 13 PCI card slot 3 33 MHz PCI 3 Chapter 1 Product Description 1 7 TABLE 1 2 Back Panel Overview Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations Callout in Figure 1 3 Explanation Back Panel Symbol 13 PCI card slot 2 33 MHz PCI 2 14 PCI card slot 1 66 MHz PCI 1 66 15 Power connector None 1 2 Replaceable Components 1 8 This section lists the authorized replaceable parts for the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations TABLE 1 3 lists the replaceable components for both systems FIGURE 1 4 is an exploded view of each of the listed components in TABLE 1 3 Note The replaceable components listed in TABLE 1 3 are correct as of the
83. 799 802 1850 1 Dependent upon the version of the Solaris operating environment installed on your workstation Accessing Sun Documentation Online The docs sun com M web site enables you to access Sun technical documentation on the Web You can browse the docs sun com archive or search for a specific book title or subject at http docs sun com Sun Welcomes Your Comments We are interested in improving our documentation and welcome your comments and suggestions You can e mail your comments to us at docfeedback sun com Please include the part number 816 3217 10 of your document in the subject line of your e mail Preface xxxix xl Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CHAPTER 1 Product Description This chapter contains an overview of the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations This product description includes a product overview and a list of replaceable components for the workstation m Section 1 1 Product Overview on page 1 1 m Section 1 2 Replaceable Components on page 1 8 1 1 Product Overview The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations are single or dual processor workstations that use either the UltraSPARC III or the UltraSPARC III Cu central processing units see Section 8 1 UltraSPARC III CPU Module on page 8 2 for additional information Both workstations offer super scalar processor technology multipr
84. 8 25 d Audio module See Section 8 5 1 Removing the Audio Module Assembly on page 8 28 Disconnect the power supply cables from motherboard connectors J3601 and J3603 Disconnect the following cables from the motherboard Power supply cables to each fan Combined cable assembly Internal SCSI cable assemblies Peripheral power cable assembly FC AL backplane cable assembly Diskette drive cable assembly Smart card reader cable assembly a a E a a a a a Logo LED cable assembly Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the three screws securing the motherboard to the chassis back panel FIGURE 8 20 Caution Handle the motherboard only by its edges or the CPU shroud Separate the CPU shroud from its cover by pressing the tabs together and withdrawing the cover for the CPU shroud from the chassis Using the attached part of the CPU shroud push the motherboard carefully toward the front of the unit until it is disengaged from the chassis 8 36 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 9 Lift the motherboard from the chassis and place it on an antistatic mat 10 Remove the CPU shroud from the motherboard See Section 8 9 1 Removing the CPU Shroud on page 8 40 11 Remove the DIMMs See Section 8 6 1 Removing a DIMM on page 8 30 12 Remove the workstation ID SEEPROM See FIGURE C 15 Cover for the CPU shoud CPU shroud Motherboard Screw 3
85. 9888 10 or later 110460 09 or later and 108528 10 or later are installed on your system a OpenBoot PROM firmware v4 2 2 or later installed is on your system This is OpenBoot PROM firmware upgrade patch 111292 04 OpenBoot PROM firmware v4 2 2 is the first version of firmware that supports software patches 109888 10 110460 09 and 108528 10 If necessary upgrade your system s software and firmware to the versions described above before beginning the installation procedure for the 900 MHz UltraSPARC III CPU module Note Never mix UltraSPARC III 600 750 or 900 MHz CPU modules with UltraSPARC III Cu CPU modules If the modules are mixed the workstation will not boot C 8 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C125 C 1 3 C 1 3 1 System Requirements for the UltraSPARC HI Cu CPU Module If you are installing an UltraSPARC HI Cu CPU module 501 6002 you may need to upgrade your workstation s OpenBoot PROM firmware and the Solaris operating environment supporting the workstation The OpenBoot PROM firmware upgrade patch and the Solaris operating environment update can be obtained from the Sun web site at http www sun com sunsolve Note Always check the Sun web site for the latest compatible operating environment firmware and software updates Before installing an UltraSPARC HI Cu CPU module verify that m Solaris 8 10 01 is installed on your system This is the first vers
86. A l memtst lnta port B O memtst rnta port A l memtst rnta port B O memtst enta port A O memtst ln addr port A l memtst enta port B O memtst pg addr port A l memtst ln addr port B O memtst sbuf addr port A l memtst pg addr port B l memtst sbuf addr port B 0 Schizo merg test O merg_wr 8 byte port A O merg_wr 4 byte port A 3 18 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 13 of 15 O merg_wr 2 byte port A 1 Schizo merg test O merg_wr 1 byte port A l merg_wr 8 byte port B O merg_blkwr block port A l merg_wr 4 byte port B l merg_wr 2 byte port B l merg_wr 1 byte port B l merg_blkwr block port B 0 Map 0 RIO 0 RIO PCI B space for RIO Config EBus access Icache Functional l Verify cacheline fill on read miss Dcache Functional l Verify no allocate on write miss l Verify fetch from memory on read miss Verify write through on write hit l Verify write through fetch on read miss l Verify set associativity Wcache Functional Verify cacheline fill on write miss l Verify buffering l Verify coalescing Pcache Functional PSR PR BS A AA A A RR EY A AR A AA A A AR AA A A E FPU Functional Test single and double precision addition Test single and double precision subtraction Test single and double precision multiplication Test single and double preci
87. A or less A Caution The workplace dependent noise SELV Compliance Safety status of I O connections comply to SELV requirements Power Cord Connection with single phase power systems having a grounded neutral conductor To reduce the risk of electric shock do not plug Sun products into any other type of power system Contact your facilities manager or a qualified electrician if you are not sure what type of power is supplied to your building Caution Sun products are designed to work Caution Not all power cords have the same current ratings Household extension cords do not have overload protection and are not meant for use with computer systems Do not use household extension cords with your Sun product i Caution Your Sun product is shipped with a grounding type three wire power cord To reduce the risk of electric shock always plug the cord into a grounded power outlet xxvii Lithium Battery Caution On Sun CPU boards there is a lithium battery molded into the real time clock SGS No MK48T59Y MK48TXXB XX MK48T18 XXXPCZ M48T59W XXXPCZ or MK48T08 Batteries are not customer replaceable parts They may explode if mishandled Do not dispose of the battery in fire Do not disassemble it or attempt to recharge it System Unit Cover You must remove the cover of your Sun computer system unit to add cards memory or internal storage devices Be sure to replace the top
88. ASIC The BootBus controller provides access to the boot PROM by bridging the Sun CrossBar Interconnect BootGroup signals the BootBus and the EBus The boot PROM connects directly to the EBus The PCIO 2 is also a master on EBus Full arbitration between the PCIO 2 and the BBC controls access to the EBus The EBus is accessed from the BBC only during the boot sequence that is during the execution of POST and OpenBoot PROM Note When the system is running Solaris software the kernel has no knowledge of the BootBus space C 24 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Access to the boot PROM through the BBC is optimized for 16 byte master accesses performed by the CPU on the BootBus BBC is also a slave on EBus and all its internal registers are accessible through the PCIO 2 Thus software drivers running on Solaris software can access the necessary resources such as the Energy Star software and the thermal management driver BBC also supports many other functions that are briefly introduced in the following subsections Reset Controller The BBC is the reset controller in the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstation The controller receives the reset source lines and is responsible for generating the reset signals for the CPU module and the overall system The external sources for reset include the power up reset from the power supply the reset buttons on the motherboard the Superl O watchdog time
89. AVCC DT IDA AVCCIORARMHSI IAF VYavBELOATY ath DKA TR MEC INDOOR FAO ZML ET COREA AWUR galled A ER HI hi VCC OSREICIED lt S YA A MEET Z AEREA CH FS L T ES ET TE EM HORT A Oe DERANSECEMBVET J52B VCCI DT 232 BVCC ORR WE LITA AF aY BLOAT TY A EE 75 ABR CT CHSOMMITIL FAOBHMNEMLETS CORBIS LEE aS aE a SE AE Bal is VCCI PRECES TTA RRNA CT COMB AERECHHATSCLCZANEUTIEIM DRBMNIVARPF LEV a Sa RICH CHA ANDZEL VB eS Sie FILMBO SET HURT gt TEU MORVEULTC ES i N xxii Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 BSMI Class A Notice The following statement is applicable to products shipped to Taiwan and marked as Class A on the product compliance abel SAAS BLAMNBRER EE gt TA QA RAI FE BR EE CRUE e Regulatory Compliance Statements xxiii xxiv Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Declaration of Conformity Compliance Model Number 180 Product Family Name Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 EMC USA FCC Class B This equipment complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This equipment may not cause harmful interference 2 This equipment must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation European Union This equipment complies with the following requirements of the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC EN55022 1998 CISPR22 1997 Class B EN55024 1998 Required
90. B leaf is the host controller for the 64 bit wide 33 MHz PCI bus It supports both 5 V and 3 3 V signalling and 32 bit devices Appendix C Functional Description C 19 ELA The PCI B leaf supports six master devices The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations include the following five devices PCIO 2 three slots and the 876 SCSI controller PCIO 2 The PCIO 2 contains a multi function PCI interface and four leaves for each of the supported interfaces Ethernet 10 100 Mbit USB IEEE 1394 and EBus The figure below is a block diagram of the PCIO 2 ASIC PCI Bus Bus adapter 64 bit PCI bus Revision 2 1 compliant POL o o configuration 33 MHz space Double write buffers multi function Ethernet channel 1394 channel USB channel EBus channel MISC Enet DMA 1394 DMA USB DMA EBus DMA 2 DMA 12 DMA 1 DMA 4 DMA channels channels channel channels JTAG Bist GEM 1394 Link USB control EBus control 10 100 100 200 400 Hub y Mbit sec Mbit sec 12 Mbit sec 5 Mbit sec E i Lili Ethernet PHY 1394 PHY EBus Ethernet 10 100 BASE T FIGURE C 7 PCIO 2 Block Diagram C 20 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 PCI Interface The PCI B interface is 64 bit wide at 33 MHz It supports slave for PIO and master for DMA transaction
91. Blade 1000 workstation In only one configuration is it possible to interleave by four Both groups must be populated with DIMMs of the same size in all four banks Appendix Functional Description C 15 C 1 3 6 Group 0 Group 1 i E ar 7 Bank 0 Bank 2 Bank 1 Bank 3 1 way interleaving ee E L IL Group 0 Group 1 r ar 1 ST Bank 0 Bank 2 Bank 1 Bank 3 1 way interleaving L JL 1 MA Group 0 Group 1 mo GE To 17 7 l II l fee i a Ei ra 2 way interleaving AA PR LL io Group 0 Group 1 r TF 7 ee ee l II l o aa MEES ia 2 way interleaving L JL J ER eee Group 0 Group 1 oI a ee Bank 0 Bank 2 i Bank 1 f Bank s L JL i MA ee Group 0 Group 1 RAIN FAI Cou Ca Bank o Bank 2 EX ES Bank 1 Bank 3 EST PAS 2 way interleaving 4 way interleaving FIGURE C 5 One Two and Four Way Interleaving Memory Timing The CPU module memory controller is programmable so that different SDRAM speeds can be accommodated at different system clock frequencies and different processor clock ratios The memory bus timing is controlled by a set of four memory timing control registers C 16 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 4 C 1 4 1 Memory Timing Values The timing values for a given configuration depend on the following factors Speed of the SDRAM The frequency of the SDRAM chip is indicated in
92. C Test Uncorrectable SW Ecache ECC Test Correctable System ECC Test Uncorrectable System Memory address selection All Banks ECC Test diag level Variable Set to max single CPU 6 of 9 Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 27 3 28 CODE EXAMPLE 3 2 diag level Variable Set to max single CPU 7 of 9 Memory marching All Banks Safari registers Safari ID reg fc000000 0011a953 Map PCI A space Schizo reg test PBM A registers lommu A registers Streaming Cache A registers Mondo Interrupt A registers Schizo pci A id test PCI A Vendor ID 108e PCI A Device ID 8001 Schizo mem test memtst ram data port memtst cam data port memtst ram addr port memtst cam addr port memtst pnta port memtst Inta port memtst rnta port memtst enta port memtst In addr port memtst pg addr port memtst sbuf addr port A Schizo merg test merg_wr 8 byte port A merg_wr 4 byte port A merg_wr 2 byte port A merg_wr 1 byte port A merg_blkwr block port A Map PCI B space Schizo reg test PBM B registers Iommu B registers Streaming Cache B registers Mondo Interrupt B registers Schizo pci B id test PCI B Vendor ID 108e PCI B Device ID 8001 Schizo mem test memtst ram data port memtst cam data port memtst ram addr port memtst cam addr port BDD pp D DEEE PS de De me RR RR RR RR RB RRR BR BR RB o 050 10
93. C and the graphics cards PCI Bus The peripheral component interconnect PCI buses used in the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstation are 32 bit or 64 bit These busses have multiplexed address and data lines The PCI buses provides electrical interconnect between highly integrated peripheral controller components peripheral add on devices and the processor and memory systems There are two PCI buses in the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations The first bus is a one slot 3 3 VDC 64 bit or 32 bit 66 MHz bus The second bus is a three slot 5 0 VDC 64 bit or 32 bit 33 MHz bus Both buses are controlled by the SBC ASIC There are two on board PCI devices the SCSI controller and the PCIO 2 ASIC on the 33 MHz PCI bus The ISP2200A FC AL disk controller is located on the 64 bit 66 MHz PCI bus PCI Cards PCI cards come in a variety of configurations Not all cards fit or operate in all PCI slots so it is important to know the specifications of your PCI cards and the types of cards supported by each PCI slot in the workstation Some PCI cards are as short as 6 875 inches 17 46 cm in length called short cards while the maximum length of PCI cards is 12 28 inches 31 19 cm called long cards Each slot in the Sun Blade 1000 or Sun Blade 2000 workstation can accommodate either a long or a short cards Older PCI cards communicate over 32 bit PCI buses while many newer cards communicate over wider 64 bit b
94. CSI buses The dual SCSI bus controller provides separate connections to internal and external devices SCSI channel A is used for internal devices and supports the SCSI fast and narrow mode SCSI channel B is used for external devices and supports the Ultra Wide SCSI mode FC AL Disk Controller The FC AL disk controller ASIC provides an interface between the 64 bit 66 MHz PCI bus the two FC AL hard drives and an external FC AL connector The FC AL controller provides connection to internal and external devices through one channel The FC AL loop supports up to 125 devices See Section C 1 16 FC AL Subsystem on page C 39 C 28 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 8 3 C 1 8 4 C 1 9 C 1 9 1 Graphics and PCI Card Options For maximum system performance the following graphics cards and all 33 MHz PCI options must be installed in PCI card slot 2 3 or 4 on PCI Bus B 33 MHz Bus Sun Expert3D Sun Expert3D Lite Sun PGX64 SunATM P 155 MMF adapter SunATM P 155 UTP5 adapter SunATM P 622 MMF adapter Note Installing a 33 MHz card into a 66 MHz extended peripheral component interconnect EPCI slot J2301 decreases system performance Sun Expert3D and Expert3D Lite Graphics Cards A software patch is required when two Sun Expert3D or Expert3D Lite graphics cards are installed in a Sun Blade 1000 or Sun Blade 2000 workstation This software patch prevents system lockup of the CPUs w
95. Cache TAGS address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions W Cache SnoopTAGS address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions W Cache Init diag level Variable Set to max single CPU 5 of 9 CODE EXAMPLE 3 2 A ss A ss ss ss As ss As As ss As As A ss A ss As ss am OO 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 900 OO OOO P Cache RAM Test rest rest rest rest fest lest lest lest rest lest Fest Pest lest lest Test lest lest rest lest Test address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions P Cache TAGS address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions P Cache SnoopTags address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions P Cache Status Data address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions P Cache Init FPU Registers Test walking 1 0 FPU registers rest Test lest rest rest Test ESR register addressing walking 1 FSR register Ecache RAM address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions Ecache Init Correctable Ecache ECC Test Uncorrectable Ecache ECC Test Correctable SW Ecache EC
96. I chip that encodes the interrupts and delivers them to the SBC The SBC issues a single Sun CrossBar Interconnect interrupt transaction for each active interrupt The following diagram depicts the overall interrupt organization in the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstation Sun CrossBar Interconnect o on HAN o on DIC on DIC Ton HAW D Ton HAW on Nm FIGURE C 8 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Interrupt Block Diagram BootBus The CPU module supports an alternate 8 bit bus the BootBus used after a reset to fetch the first instruction they execute The address space of the BootBus corresponds to the boot PROM addressing space as defined by the Sun4u Sun5 architecture The CPU issues its SPARC V9 RED_MODE trap vectors from this address space The following block diagram shows how the CPUs access the boot PROM through the BootBus the BBC and EBus Appendix C Functional Description C 23 Reset Reset o A CPU CPU i bo aj cl BootBus Request Request TDO BootBus A TDI JTAG Controller A IMS gt System Clock SCL isso ASIC 67 SDA lt 12C UPA Clock Synthesizer EBus PCIO 2 USB ports Energy Star Boot Serial PROM tines Superl O Flash Controller Memory O O Floppy Parallel Port FIGURE C 9 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Boot Structure C 1 6 1 BootBus Controller BBC
97. LSLOLSLSR5R6 O0 26060 050 0606060 050 026060 OSB OK 0605052 05905050 O0 0 060 206050 0 0 0 AA 25080 00080000 OSOS OS OSOS OSO SOSOSOSOSO OSOS OS SOSOSO O8OSOSO 08088 SO ZOLO ZOZO LOLOL SOS OROSOSOSOSO xX FIGURE 5 2 Lock Block Location 5 7 Chapter 5 Preparing for Component Removal and Replacement 5 6 Removing the Access Panel 5 8 To remove the access panel FIGURE 5 3 Note Removing the access panel activates the workstation power interlock circuit If the power cord is connected this safety mechanism prevents all DC voltages except 5 VDC standby power from reaching any internal components when the access panel is removed 1 Press down on the two depressions at the top of the access panel see FIGURE 5 3 2 Tilt the top of the access panel about an inch away from the chassis 3 Lift the access panel up 4 Lift the access panel off Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 y N WA LS LS N Y A ff EN f hy Pan 5 3 Removing the Access Chapter 5 Preparing for Component Removal and Replacement 5 9 3 7 Attaching the Antistatic Wrist Strap components When servicing or removing workstation components attach an A Caution Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat when handling 5 10 antistatic strap to your wrist and then to a metal area on the chassis Then disconnect the power cord
98. Limits as applicable EN61000 4 2 4 kV Direct 8 kV Air EN61000 4 3 3 V m EN61000 4 4 1 kV AC Power Lines 0 5 kV Signal and DC Power Lines EN61000 4 5 1 kV AC Line Line and Outdoor Signal Lines 2 kV AC Line Gnd 0 5 kV DC Power Lines EN61000 4 6 3 V EN61000 4 8 1 A m EN61000 4 11 Pass EN61000 3 2 1995 A1 A2 A14 Pass EN61000 3 3 1995 Pass Safety This equipment complies with the following requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC EC Type Examination Certificates EN60950 1992 2nd Edition Amendments 1 2 3 4 11 T V Rheinland Certificate No S 9872459 IEC 950 1991 2nd Edition Amendments 1 2 3 4 CB Scheme Certificate No US 3009 UL Evaluated to all CB Countries Supplementary Information This product was tested and complies with all the requirements for the CE Mark S S Dennis P Symanski DATE Peter Arkless DATE Manager Compliance Engineering Quality Manager Sun Microsystems Inc Sun Microsystems Scotland Limited 901 San Antonio Road MPK15 102 Springfield Linlithgow Palo Alto CA 94303 4900 U S A West Lothian EH49 7LR Tel 650 786 3255 Scotland United Kingdom Fax 650 786 3723 Tel 0506 670000 Fax 0506 760011 XXV xxvi Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Safety Agency Compliance Statements Read this section before beginning any procedure The following text provides safety precautions to follow when installing a Sun Microsystems product Safety Precautio
99. Memory Controller IMMU Registers Testing I TSB Pest walking 1 through the register Pest walking 0 through the register Testing I TLB Tag Access Pest walking 1 through the register Pest walking 0 through the register DMMU Registers Testing Primary Context Pest walking 1 through the register Testing Secondary Context A A A ss A ss As As ss A As As As ss ss A As As As As A As As ss As As ss As As A ss ss As ss As As As ss As As ss Y 0 0 00 0 00050 Or OO 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 00 00 E 010 OOOO 50 0 0 0 0 010 0000 00 3 44 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 4 diag level Variable Set to min Single CPU Continued 3 of 8 A As A As As A ss As As As As As As As ss ss ss As ss As ss ss ss ss As As ss ss As As As ss ss ss ss As ss O O O 0 00 OOO 0 00 90 0 OS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 0 0 00 0 0 0 6 0 0 00 OOOO Pest walking 1 through the regis Testing D TSB Pest walking 1 through the regis Testing D TLB Tag Access Pest walking 1 through the regis Testing Virtual Watchpoint Pest walking 1 through the regis Testing Physical Watchpoint Test walking 1 through the regis 4M DTLB RAM Test address up Test address down Pest cell disturbance 8K DTLB RAM Test address up Test address down Pest cell disturbance 4M DTLB TAG Test address up
100. N portidata_P ground IEEE 1394 Connector Two IEEE 1394 connectors J3201 3203 are located on the rear panel IN 3 5 FIGURE B 11 IEEE 1394 Connector Pin Configuration L L E E E E 2 6 TABLE B 12 IEEE 1394 Connector Pin Assignments Pin Signal Name Description 1 2 3 P1394_EX_BUSPOWER GND CM_P1394_TPB1_OUT_N 12 VDC 33 VDC Ground TPB1_Ndata Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE B 12 IEEE 1394 Connector Pin Assignments Continued Pin Signal Name Description 4 CM_P1394_TPB1_OUT_P TPB1_Pdata 5 CM_P1394_TPA1_OUT_N TPA1_Ndata 6 CM_P1394_TPA1_OUT_P TPA2_Pdata B 7 Twisted Pair Ethernet Connector The twisted pair Ethernet TPE connector J5301 is an RJ 45 connector located on the motherboard back panel Caution Connect only TPE cables to the TPE connector gt FIGURE B 12 TPE Connector Pin Configuration TABLE B 13 TPE Connector Pin Assignments Pin Signal Description 1 TX Transmit 2 TX Transmit 3 RX Receive 4 5 Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 15 TABLE B 13 TPE Connector Pin Assignments Continued Pin Signal Description 6 RX Receive de 8 B 7 1 TPE Cable Type Connectivity The following types of TPE cables can be connected to the TPE connector m For 10BASE T applications unshielded twisted pair UTP cable Category 3 UTP 3 voice
101. ODE EXAMPLE 3 2 A A A ss ss As As As As As As As ss As ss As ss As ss As As As As ss As ss As ss ss ss RC ss Sd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 OC SO 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 00 OO OOO OS Bank 2 not present size 00000000 00000000 Bank 3 not present size 00000000 10000000 Setup CPUs and system frequency CPU 0 ratio 4 CPU 1 ratio 0 System frequency 150 MHz Load PLL and reset PLL reset Configure I2C controller 0 Configure I2C controller 1 SoftInt amp Interrupt Test walking 1 through softint register Pest walking 0 through softint register Verify interrupt occurs for each level Verify interrupt occurs at the right PIL Tick amp Tick Compare Reg Walk 1 0 TICK Compare register Verify TICK register is counting Verify TICK register Overflow Verify TICK Interrupt Stick amp Stick Compare Reg Walk 1 0 STICK Compare register Verify STICK register is counting Verify STICK register Overflow Verify STICK Interrupt Measure CPU Clock AFT pin is high Setup Memory Controller IMMU Registers Testing I TSB Test walking 1 through the register Pest walking 0 through the register Testing I TLB Tag Access Pest walking 1 through the register Pest walking 0 through the register DMMU Registers Testing Primary Context Pest walking 1 through the register Testing Secondary Context Test walking 1 through the register Testing D
102. OM Environment 3 4 3 4 Maximum and Minimum Levels of POST 3 5 3 4 1 diag level Variable Set to max 3 6 3 4 2 diag level Variable Set to min 3 30 3 4 3 POST Progress and Error Reporting 3 50 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 1 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 Power On Failure 4 2 System LEDs 4 2 Video Output Failure 4 3 Frame Buffer Power Management 4 3 Hard Drive or DVD ROM Drive Failures 4 5 4 5 1 Hard Drive or DVD ROM Read or Parity Errors 4 5 4 5 2 DVD ROM Command Errors 4 6 Power Supply Troubleshooting 4 6 DIMM Failure 4 8 OpenBoot PROM On Board Diagnostics 4 8 4 8 1 Watch Clock Diagnostic 4 9 4 8 2 Watch Net and Watch Net All Diagnostics 4 9 4 8 3 Probe SCSI and Probe SCSI All Diagnostics 4 10 4 8 4 Test alias name device path all Diagnostic 4 11 4 8 5 Graphics Card 4 12 OpenBoot Diagnostics 4 13 49 1 Starting the OpenBootDiag Menu 4 14 4 9 2 QLC Diagnostic Output Message 4 17 49 3 Audio Output Message 4 18 4 9 4 bbc 1 0 Output Message 4 18 49 5 ebus 5 Output Message 4 18 49 6 firewire 5 2 Output Message 4 19 4 9 7 flashprom 0 0 Output Message 4 19 4 9 8 Floppy Output Message 4 19 4 9 9 gpio 1 300600 Output Message 4 20 iv Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 4 9 10 i2c 1 2e Output Message 4 20 4 9 11 i2c 1 30 Output Message 4 21 4 9 12 network 5 1 Output Message 4 21 4 9 13 Parallel Port Output Message 4 21 4 9 14 pmc 1 300700 Output Message 4 22 4 9 15
103. OXOXO SOON O lt XOXOKOXO OS0F050505 OF o O2R0202020 0 9000050505050 alo lu QOROS ZORO OROROKORORORORKOF E OXOXOXOXOXO 0050005050509 ies OXOXOXOXO OIE LSLS LSLS lo IE o QRQRQRQRQROQ CHOCO IB ere ere ee PRE BQ SOLOS 5050 l a OSSOS alol le O 030 OOO S KT M sello O 0 1 7 PA O 0 3 3 p 3 95250525262 942505 26252505 2526262 020202020202092 020000000000000 OLELELGLSLGLGLGLqLGL0L6 QLQLSLSLGL685L6 DLSLELSLSLSLSLS _ GBSASLSLSLSIELSLSLSLELS 200009000600 OL52GCHLGLH L625 OO OXORORORORO OX OL6L52L526262 526 280809000000050 an snensnSOSOSOROSOROROS 220900000000050 900090000000009 _ BEBESOSOEOEOBOBSREBOSOS 902290000000009 O0 Ola Ola 06080 O0 0 0 0 0G 0 0 0100 ROR 050K OR OKO COZSKOLOLSRSESS FOKOLGRGZSKOLOLGLSESEOL SOBOSOS SOSOSOS OS 305906 gt 060606 26 506060506050606C gt OC 2506060505050 e y y 9 3 Chapter 9 Finishing Replacement Procedures Note Power to the peripherals should be activated prior to activating workstation power This enables the system to recognize the peripherals when power to the workstation is turned on FIGURE 9 2 Lock Block Location 10 Turn on the power to all connected peripherals 9 2 Powering On the Workstation Perform the following procedure to power on the workstation If necessary view the ShowMe How video clip located on the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Hardware Documentation CD ROM Note If it is necessary to power o
104. Power Supply Connector J3601 Pin Description B 3 PCI Fan Connector J3302 Pin Description B 4 CPU Fan Connector J3303 Pin Description B 4 Combined Cable Assembly Connector J3602 Pin Description B 5 xix TABLE B 7 TABLE B 8 TABLE B 9 TABLE B 10 TABLE B 11 TABLE B 12 TABLE B 13 TABLE B 14 TABLE B 15 TABLE B 16 TABLE B 17 TABLE B 18 TABLE B 19 TABLE B 20 TABLE B 21 TABLE B 22 TABLE C 1 TABLE C 2 TABLE C 3 TABLE C 4 TABLE C 5 TABLE C 6 TABLE C 7 TABLE C 8 TABLE C 9 TABLE C 10 TABLE C 11 TABLE C 12 Peripheral Power Cable Assembly Connector J3608 Pin Description B 5 Serial Port A and B Connector Pin Assignments B 6 UltraSCSI Connector Pin Assignments B 8 Parallel Port Connector Pin Assignments B 12 USB Connector Pin Assignments B 14 IEEE 1394 Connector Pin Assignments B 14 TPE Connector Pin Assignments B 15 TPE UTP 5 Cables B 16 Audio Connector Line Assignment B 17 FC AL Connector Pin Assignments B 18 Graphics Card Connector Pin Assignments B 18 Pin Assignments for Smart Card Reader Connector J3604 B 20 Diskette Drive Connector J1801 Signals and Functions B 21 Internal SCSI Connector J5002 B 24 Internal FC AL Connector J2901 B 26 Logo LED Connector J3605 B 27 DIMMs Committed C 12 Memory Sizes Supported C 13 System Memory Interleaving C 15 PCI Slot to PCI Bus Mapping C 28 Internal Hard Drive Features C 30 Audio Card Features C 37 ISP2200A GPIO B
105. See Section 7 2 7 Replacing the Smart Card Reader on page 7 8 Replace the peripheral assembly See Section 7 2 10 Replacing the Peripheral Assembly on page 7 10 Replacing the Peripheral Assembly Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Position the peripheral assembly in the chassis see FIGURE 7 2 Note Ensure that the peripheral assembly is correctly seated in the rails of the chassis 2 Connect the rear cable connectors to the drives as required 7 10 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 3 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver tighten the four screws securing the peripheral assembly to the chassis 4 Replace the peripheral bezel assembly 5 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 Chapter 7 Removing and Replacing Storage Devices 7 11 7 12 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CHAPTER 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components This chapter describes how to remove and replace the workstation motherboard and associated components This chapter covers the following topics Section 8 1 UltraSPARC III CPU Module on page 8 2 Section 8 3 PCI Card o
106. Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance D Cache MicroTags Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance D Cache SnoopTags Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance D Cache Init W Cache RAM A A ss As As a ss As As As As As As ss As ss As As As A ss As As As As As ss As As A ss As ss As As As ss As As ss 00 00 7100 1070 010 070 10 000 10 ODO 100 0 00 0700 10 0 00 0 0 00 00 50 00 0 3 46 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 4 m As As As As ss As ss As As As As As As As ss ss As ss As ss ss As A ss ss Oy O 0 00 0 0 0 0 0900 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 00 0 0 S OO OO OS OS O O 0 OO OC 0 0 0 Sa es a ss ae eS A A A es D ee UE RU te Ex Ex pe pa Fe Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance W Cache TAGS Test address up Pest address down Pest cell disturbance W Cache SnoopTAGS Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance W Cache Init P Cache RAM Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance P Cache TAGS Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance P Cache SnoopTags Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance P Cache Status Data Test address
107. VDC 3 3 VDC 5 6 3 3 VDC 3 3 VDC 7 8 3 3 VDC 3 3 VDC 9 10 5 VDC 5 VDC 11 12 5 VDC 5 VDC 13 14 5 VDC 5 VDC 15 16 RETURN 43 3 VDC 3 3 VDC Return 17 18 RETURN 43 3 VDC 3 3 VDC Return 19 20 RETURN 43 3 VDC 3 3 VDC Return 21 22 RETURN 43 3 VDC 3 3 VDC Return Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 3 TABLE B 3 Power Supply Connector J3601 Pin Description Continued Pin Signal Description 23 24 RETURN 5 VDC 5 VDC Return 25 26 RETURN 5 VDC 5 VDC Return 27 28 RETURN 5 VDC 5 VDC Return 2 1 FIGURE B 3 PCI Fan Connector J3302 TABLE B 4 PCI Fan Connector J3302 Pin Description Pin Signal Description 1 FAN_V_OUTO Fan voltage 2 GND Ground 2 1 FIGURE B 4 CPU Fan Connector J3303 TABLE B 5 CPU Fan Connector J3303 Pin Description Pin Signal Description 1 FAN_V_OUT1 Fan voltage 2 GND Ground 1 4 Be TOO on O O 0O 0 FIGURE B 5 Combined Cable Assembly Connector J3602 B 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE B 6 Combined Cable Assembly Connector J3602 Pin Description Pin Signal Description 1 VCC Voltage at the common collector 2 SPEAKER_OUT Speaker out 3 SWITCH_L Switch low 4 POWERON_L Power on low 5 SYS LED System LED 6 SPEAKER_OUT Speaker out 7 GND Ground 8 INTERLOCK_L Interlock low 1 5 e tollele o ONO OOO
108. When servicing or removing workstation components attach an ESD strap to your wrist and then to a metal area on the chassis Then disconnect the power cord from the workstation and the wall receptacle Following this caution equalizes all electrical potentials with the workstation Lithium Battery Caution The workstation contains a replaceable lithium battery part number 150 2850 Lithium batteries may explode if mishandled Do not dispose of a battery in fire Do not disassemble a battery or attempt to recharge it 5 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 5 4 Tools Required The following tools are required for servicing Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations No 2 Phillips screwdriver magnetized tip suggested Needle nose pliers Grounding wrist strap CPU module torque indicator tool located in the hard drive bracket or behind the Smart card reader Digital voltage meter DVM m Antistatic mat a 5 16 inch nut driver Place ESD sensitive components such as the motherboard circuit cards hard drives and the SEEPROM on an antistatic mat The following items can be used as an antistatic mat Bag used to wrap a Sun replacement part Shipping container used to package a Sun replacement part Access panel inner side metal part of the workstation Sun ESD mat part number 250 1088 available through your Sun sales representative m Disposable ESD mat shipped with replacement part
109. _Select and Density_Sense pins and diskette drives using a Disk_Change signal It is DMA driven via a DMA channel in the EBus interface of the PCIO ASIC Manual eject diskette drives IDs of 0 or 1 respectively are supported Power is supplied to the diskette drive from a separate power connector The diskette drive operates from the 5 VDC supply and draws a maximum power of 1 1 watts operating and 44 milliwatts in standby mode Parallel Port The parallel port is supported by an IEEE 1284 compliant parallel port controller located on the SuperI O ASIC The parallel port controller is a PC industry standard controller that achieves a 2 Mbits sec Mbps data transfer rate The parallel port controller interface supports the ECP protocol as well as the following m Centronics Provides a widely accepted parallel port interface Compatibility Provides an asynchronous byte wide forward host to peripheral channel with data and status lines used according to their original definitions a Nibble mode Provides an asynchronous reverse peripheral to host channel under control of the host Data bytes are transmitted as two sequential four bit nibbles using four peripheral to host status lines Parallel Port Cables The parallel port cable is IEEE 1284 compliant and consists of 18 pairs of signal wires that are double shielded with braid and foil The maximum length of the parallel port cable is 2 2 yards 2 meters Electrical Cha
110. ace the audio module assembly on an antistatic mat 8 28 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Bracket tab FIGURE 8 18 Removing and Replacing the Audio Module Assembly 8 5 2 Replacing the Audio Module Assembly an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in n Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 1 Position the audio module assembly into the chassis FIGURE 8 18 2 Lower the audio module assembly connector so that it touches its associated connector on the motherboard 3 Align the audio module assembly bracket tab with the chassis back panel slot opening 4 At the two upper corners of the module push the module straight down into the connector until the module is fully seated ol Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver replace the screw securing the audio module assembly to the workstation chassis Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 29 6 Connect any external audio cables to the audio card 7 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 8 6 DIMM Perform the following procedures to remove and replace a DIMM If necessary view the ShowMe How video clip located on the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Hardware Documentation CD ROM Caution
111. ackpanel USB connector IEEE 1394 Leaf IEEE 1394 is a high performance serial bus designed for real time data transfers supporting an isochronous transfer mode In this mode bandwidth is guaranteed through pre assignment Appendix C Functional Description C 21 C 1 4 3 C 1 5 In the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations IEEE 1394 is used as the interface for multimedia devices like digital cameras digital video recorders digital video versatile disks DVD IEEE 1394 is a very flexible interconnect that supports multi master live connect disconnect and dynamic node allocation IEEE 1394 is based on a memory type addressing geographical addressing with each node also acts as a repeater IEEE 1394 is an IEEE standard The IEEE 1394 trade association web site is http www 1394ta org index htm The PCIO 2 IEEE 1394 interface supports 100 200 and 400 Mbps transfers The IEEE 1394 block contains six DMA engines four for isochronous transfers and two for asynchronous transfers The engine implements the industry standard Descriptor Based DMA Architecture Open HCI the PCIO 2 also implements the link layer and it interfaces directly to a PHY chip The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations use a PHY with four ports Two of the ports are used by the workstation There are two IEEE 1394 connectors on the back panel EBus Leaf EBus is a byte wide I O bus that provides the ability to interface to instruction
112. ade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 6 10 Filler Panels Use the following procedures to remove and replace a filler panel 6 10 1 Removing a Filler Panel 1 Identify the filler panel to be removed 2 Remove the peripheral bezel assembly FIGURE 6 18 3 Remove the plastic filler panel from the peripheral bezel assembly 4 Remove the metal filler panel from the peripheral assembly FIGURE 6 19 Plastic filler panel 4 Peripheral bezel FIGURE 6 18 Removing and Replacing Plastic Filler Panels Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 31 Metal filler panel Peripheral assembly FIGURE 6 19 Removing and Replacing Metal Filler Panels 6 10 2 Replacing a Filler Panel 1 Position and snap the metal filler panel into the peripheral assembly FIGURE 6 19 2 Position and snap the plastic filler panel into the peripheral bezel assembly FIGURE 6 18 6 32 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CHAPTER 7 Removing and Replacing Storage Devices This chapter describes how to remove and replace the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 storage devices The chapter contains the following topics m Section 7 1 Hard Drive on page 7 1 m Section 7 2 Peripheral Assembly Drives on page 7 3 7 1 Hard Drive Perform the following procedures to remove and replace a hard drive If necessary view the ShowMe How video clip located on the
113. ag Access ough the register t walking 1 through the ough the register t walking 0 through the MU Registers ntext ting Primary Context ough the register t walking 1 through the Context ting Secondary Context ough the register t walking 1 through the ting D TSB ough the register t walking 1 through the Access ting D TLB Tag Access ough the register t walking 1 through the L Watchpoint Chapter 3 Power On Self Test register register register register register register register register 3 33 CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 0 e o One OO oa gt on FR Ove a pur Test 4M Test Test a est 8K O Test Test Test 4M Test Test CA a Test 8K 1 Tes Testing Physical W 1 Tes walking 1 thr 1 Tes DTLB RAM LFS 4 address up 1 Tes address down 1 Tes cell disturba 1 Tes DTLB RAM 1 8 address up 1 Tes address down 1 Tes cell disturba 1 Tes DTLB TAG address up ELIESA address down 1 Tes cell disturba DTLB TAG 1 Tes address up LEFF 8 1 Tes address down 1 Tes address line 1 Tes ITLB RAM address up address down diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU 4 of 12 Pest walking 1 through the register t walking 1 through the register atchpoint ting Physical Watchpoint ough the register t walking 1 through the register DTLB RAM t address up t ad
114. almistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti Safety Agency Compliance Statements xxxiii xxxiv Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Preface The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual provides a detailed description of the hardware components used in the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations This service manual includes information about the use maintenance troubleshooting theory of operation and product specifications for the workstations This book is written for technicians system administrators authorized service providers ASPs and advanced computer system end users who have experience in troubleshooting and replacing hardware About the Multimedia Links in This Manual Removal and replacement procedures for selected workstation components are illustrated with interactive multimedia audio and video instructions in the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 ShowMe How multimedia documentation This multimedia documentation is linked to the online version of this service manual If necessary when performing service procedures view any or all of the ShowMe How video clips located on the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Hardware Documentation CD ROM XXXV How This Book Is Organized This document is organized into chapters and appendixes as follows A glossary and index are included Chapter 1 describes the major hardware components used in the workstations Chapter 2 describes
115. alog Box 9 6 Power Supply Connector J3603 B 2 Power Supply Connector J3601 B 3 PCI Fan Connector J3302 B 4 CPU Fan Connector J3303 B 4 Combined Cable Assembly Connector J3602 B 4 Peripheral Power Cable Assembly Connector J3608 B 5 Serial Port A and B Connector Pin Configuration B 6 UltraSCSI Connector Pin Configuration B 8 Parallel Port Connector Pin Configuration B 12 USB Connector Pin Configuration B 13 IEEE 1394 Connector Pin Configuration B 14 TPE Connector Pin Configuration B 15 Audio Connector Configuration B 17 FC AL Connector Configuration B 17 Graphics Card Connector Pin Configuration B 18 Pin Assignments for Smart Card Reader Connector J3604 B 19 Diskette Drive Connector J1801 B 21 Internal SCSI Connector J5002 B 24 Internal FC AL Connector J2901 B 25 Logo LED Connector J3605 B 26 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Functional Block Diagram C 3 Figures xvii xviii GURE C 2 GURE C 3 GURE C 4 GURE C 5 GURE C 6 GURE C 7 GURE C 8 GURE C 9 GURE C 10 GURE C 11 GURE C 12 GURE C 13 GURE C 14 GURE C 15 GURE C 16 GURE C 17 GURE C 18 UltraSPARC III Processor Functional Block Diagram C 5 Main Memory Functional Block Diagram C 11 DIMM Mapping C 12 One Two and Four Way Interleaving C 16 SBC Block Diagram C 18 PCIO 2 Block Diagram C 20 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Interrupt Block Diagram C 23 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Boot Structure C 24 Keyboard and Mou
116. ame controller number but different d number dev r dsk cXtYdZsN On hot pluggable mass storage drives dev r dsk links remain persistent Type devfsadm C to remove stale links System Checkpoint Resume fails if a file system is mounted Printer Devices After plugging in the printer type lpadmin or printmgr to configure the printer To find out which of dev printers N is a USB printer type 1s 1 on dev printers and find out which symbolic links point to the usbprn device For Lexmark printers choose HP as printer type in Printmgr Hot Plugging OpenBoot PROM at present doesn t support hot plugging USB devices If a user removes the USB keyboard when the workstation is at the ok prompt the workstation becomes hung If the USB keyboard is plugged into the workstation again the OpenBoot PROM will not recognize the keyboard You will have to power cycle the workstation As a general rule no USB device should be hot plugged when the workstation is at the ok prompt in OpenBoot PROM and during booting of the workstation until a UNIX login prompt is displayed Unplugging an open or busy device does not remove the entries in the prtconf file The system prompts the user for the original device To clear the prtconf file entries plug the original device into the same port close the application and remove the device Until this process is completed the port remains unusable After plugging in a device check prtconf or dev usb
117. ameters from seeproms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OOO OC OVO 00 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 E Size bank MB Number of banks DIMM 0 0 0 DIMM 1 64 2 DIMM 2 0 0 DIMM 3 64 2 Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 43 CODE EXAMPLE 3 4 diag level Variable Set to min Single CPU Continued 2 of 8 DIMM 4 0 0 DIMM 5 64 2 DIMM 6 0 0 DIMM 7 64 2 Bank 0 not present size 00000000 00000000 Bank 1 is present size 00000000 10000000 Bank 2 not present size 00000000 00000000 Bank 3 not present size 00000000 10000000 Setup CPUs and system frequency CPU O ratio 4 CPU 1 ratio O System frequency 150 MHz Load PLL and reset PLL reset Configure I2C controller 0 Configure I2C controller 1 SoftInt amp Interrupt Test walking 1 through softint register Test walking 0 through softint register Verify interrupt occurs for each level Verify interrupt occurs at the right PIL Tick amp Tick Compare Reg Walk 1 0 TICK Compare register Verify TICK register is counting Verify TICK register Overflow Verify TICK Interrupt Stick amp Stick Compare Reg Walk 1 0 STICK Compare register Verify STICK register is counting Verify STICK register Overflow Verify STICK Interrupt Measure CPU Clock AFT pin is high Setup
118. amming a GPIO register in the FC AL controller TABLE C 7 ISP2200A GPIO Bits ISP2200A GPIO Bits Drive Control Input Output Type Default Reset Value lt 0 gt External drive Output 1 lt 1 gt Internal drive 1 Output 1 lt 2 gt Internal drive 2 Output 1 lt 3 gt External port detect Input o 0 means bypass 1 means enable Appendix C Functional Description C 39 The FC AL host controller ASIC has a 64 bit 66 MHz PCI EPCI interface The controller contains the serializer deserializer SERDES and the transceivers on chip The host controller implements the Fibre Channel protocol through a microcoded engine The memory for the firmware is external and is implemented with synchronous 128 Kilobyte SRAM This memory also keeps the context data for outstanding I Os The figure below shows the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 disk subsystem architecture EPCI PCI interface ISP2200A HDMP0451 Connector FIGURE C 13 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 FC AL Disk Subsystem C 40 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 17 C 1 17 1 SCSI The workstation implements a small computer system interface SCSI for UltraSCSI 40 Mbps parallel interface bus UltraSCSI provides the following m Efficient peer to peer I O bus devices m Mechanical electrical and timing specification definition that support transfer rates of 20 or 40 Mbytes sec corresponding
119. an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in n Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 2 Disconnect the fan assembly power connectors from the motherboard connector J3302 for the lower fan assembly or J3303 for the upper fan assembly FIGURE 6 13 Use a small screwdriver to release the connector tabs 3 Release the three fan bracket tabs in the chassis See FIGURE 6 13 4 Lift the fan bracket and fans from the chassis 5 Remove the fan assembly from the bracket Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 21 J3303 J3302 Cable route FIGURE 6 13 Removing and Replacing a Fan Assembly 6 5 2 Replacing a Fan Assembly Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 1 Press the fan assembly into the fan bracket FIGURE 6 13 6 22 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Feed the fan cable through the sheet metal cutout in the chassis Position the fan bracket into the chassis by aligning the four lower tabs and three
120. an interrupt enabled is encountered or unless the system drivers are operating in a polled mode Action If necessary perform the following procedure to disable power management for the CD or DVD ROM drive 1 Become superuser by typing su and the root password 2 At the prompt type cat gt gt etc power con device thresholds pci 8 700000 scsi 6 sd 6 0 always on D In the command line D indicates that you should hold the Control key down and type the letter D 3 At the prompt type pmeonfig 4 Exit superuser 4 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 4 5 4 5 1 Hard Drive or DVD ROM Drive Failures Hard Drive or DVD ROM Read or Parity Errors Symptom A hard drive read write or parity error is reported by the Solaris operating environment or by customer application A DVD ROM drive read error or parity error is reported by the Solaris operating environment or by customer application Action Replace the drive indicated by the failure message The Solaris operating environment identifies the internal drives as listed in the following table TABLE 4 2 Internal Drives Identification Solaris Operating Environment Address Drive Physical Location and Target cl1t1d0st Lower hard drive LiD HA 1 cit2d0s Upper hard drive LiD HA 2 cOt6d0s DVD ROM drive target 6 optional cOt5d0s Tape drive target 5 optional Note The symbol in the Solaris ope
121. and USB power management with the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations xxxvi Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 UNIX Commands This document may not contain information on basic UNIX commands and procedures such as shutting down the workstation booting the workstation and configuring devices See one or more of the following for this information m Solaris Handbook for Sun Peripherals m AnswerBook2 online documentation for the Solaris software environment m Other software documentation that you received with your workstation Typographic Conventions Typeface or Symbol AaBbCc123 AaBbCc123 AaBbCc123 Meaning The names of commands files and directories on screen computer output What you type when contrasted with on screen computer output Book titles new words or terms words to be emphasized Command line variable replace with a real name or value Examples Edit your login file Use 1s a to list all files 2 You have mail su Password Read Chapter 6 in the User s Guide These are called class options You must be root to do this To delete a file type rm filename Preface xxxvii Shell Prompts Shell Prompt C shell machine_names C shell superuser machine_name Bourne shell and Korn shell Bourne shell and Korn shell 4 superuser Related Documentation Application Title Part Number
122. ands Performs internal external loopback test of the workstation auto selected Ethernet interface Sequentially tests workstation configured devices containing selftest Graphics Card The graphics card contains a built in diagnostic test that is enabled through the OpenBoot PROM The graphics card built in diagnostic test verifies basic graphics functionality without booting the Solaris operating environment software diag switch NVRAM parameter must be true for the test to execute A formatted diskette must be inserted into the diskette drive An Ethernet cable must be attached to the workstation and to an Ethernet tap or hub If the Ethernet cable is not correctly attached the external loopback test will fail Tests are sequentially executed in device tree order viewed with the show devs command To execute the built in diagnostic test the workstation must be at the ok prompt To initilize the graphics card diagnostic 1 At the ok prompt type ok setenv diag switch true diag switch true 4 12 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 2 At the ok prompt type 3 When the graphics card on board diagnostics are completed type 4 9 ok test screen ok test screen Testing screen Starting IFB Selftest This will take an estimated 2 4 minutes for the full test Direct access frame buffer test address test ovl0 pass address test ovll pass pattern test
123. ar an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Holding the drive handle insert the hard drive into the hard drive bracket along the vertical plastic guides until the hard drive handle starts to close FIGURE 7 1 Close the hard drive handle to lock the hard drive into the hard drive bracket Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 5 122 7 2 1 Peripheral Assembly Drives To remove and replace a peripheral assembly drives it is necessary to remove the peripheral assembly If necessary view the ShowMe How video clip located on the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 CD ROM Note A peripheral assembly drive can include a DVD ROM drive a 4 mm tape drive smart card reader or other optional component drives Note If no drives are installed in the peripheral assembly only the SCSI cable should be routed into the upper drive bay Attach the SCSI cable through the clip affixed on the rear wall of the peripheral assembly Removing the Peripheral Assembly Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Chapter 7 Removing and Replacing Storage Devices 7 3 an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in A Caution Use proper ESD grounding tec
124. ar el funcionamiento del equipo Precauci n Es peligroso hacer funcionar los Aviso de cumplimiento con requisitos de l ser Los productos Sun que utilizan la tecnolog a de l ser cumplen con los requisitos de l ser de Clase 1 Class 1 Laser Product Luokan 1 Laserlaite Klasse 1 Laser Apparat Laser KLasse 1 xxxii Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CD ROM A Precauci n El manejo de los controles los ajustes o la ejecuci n de procedimientos distintos a los aqu especificados pueden exponer al usuario a radiaciones peligrosas GOST R Certification Mark TT Nordic Lithium Battery Cautions Norge A Sverige A ADVARSEL Litiumbatteri Eksplosjonsfare Ved utskifting benyttes kun batteri som anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten Brukt batteri returneres apparatleverandgren VARNING Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte Anv nd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren Kassera anv nt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion Danmark A ADVARSEL Litiumbatteri Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig h ndtering Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type Lev r det brugte batteri tilbage til leverand ren Suomi VAROITUS Paristo voi r j ht jos se on virheellisesti asennettu Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin H vit k ytetty paristo v
125. ard reader present Read parameters from seeproms Size bank MB 0 64 0 64 0 64 Number of banks 0 NON ON Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 31 CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU 2 of 12 DIMM 6 0 0 DIMM 7 64 2 Bank 0 not present size 00000000 00000000 Bank 1 is present size 00000000 10000000 Bank 2 not present size 00000000 00000000 Bank 3 not present size 00000000 10000000 Setup CPUs and system frequency CPU O ratio 5 CPU 1 ratio 4 System frequency 150 MHz Load PLL and reset 1 Oy 0 070 00 PLL reset 0 L PLL reset 2C controller 0 SoftInt amp Interrupt 2C controller 1 Test walking 1 through softint register 0 Configure 0 Configure 0 SoftInt amp Lo terrupt Test walking 0 through softint register 0 Test walking 1 through softint register 1 Verify interrupt occurs for each level 0 Test walking 0 through softint register 1 Verify interrupt occurs at the right PIL 0 Verify interrupt occurs for each level 1 Tick amp Tick Compare Reg 0 Verify interrupt occurs at the right PIL 1 Walk 1 0 TICK Compare register He RR O Tick amp Tick Compare Reg 1 Verify TICK register is counting 0 Walk 1 0 TICK Compare register 1 Verify TICK register Overflow 0 Verify TICK register is counting 1 Verify TICK Interrupt 0 Verify TICK register Overflow 0 Verify TICK
126. as instrucciones Precauci n Superficie caliente Evite el contacto Las superficies est n calientes y pueden causar da os personales si se tocan Precauci n Voltaje peligroso presente Para reducir el riesgo de descarga y da os para la salud siga las instrucciones Modificaciones en el equipo No realice modificaciones de tipo mec nico o el ctrico en el equipo Sun Microsystems no se hace responsable del cumplimiento de las normativas de seguridad en los equipos Sun modificados Safety Agency Compliance Statements xxxi Ubicaci n de un producto Sun funcionamiento de su producto Sun y para protegerlo de sobrecalentamien tos no deben obstruirse o taparse las rejillas del equipo Los productos Sun nunca deben situarse cerca de radiadores o de fuentes de calor 1 Precauci n Para asegurar la fiabilidad de Precauci n De acuerdo con la norma DIN 45 635 Parte 1000 se admite un nivel de presi n ac stica para puestos de trabajo m ximo de 70Db A Cumplimiento de la normativa SELV El estado de la seguridad de las conexiones de entrada salida cumple los requisitos de la normativa SELV Conexi n del cable de alimentaci n el ctrica Precauci n Los productos Sun est n dise ados para trabajar en una red el ctrica monof sica con toma de tierra Para reducir el riesgo de descarga el ctrica no conecte los productos Sun a otro tipo de sistema de alimentaci n el ctrica P
127. ations Always check the Sun web site for the latest compatible op erating environment firmware and software updates Removing a CPU Module Perform the following procedures to remove an existing UltraSPARC III or an UltraSPARC II Cu CPU module Power off the workstation See Section 5 5 Powering Off the Workstation on page 5 5 Remove the access panel See Section 5 6 Removing the Access Panel on page 5 8 If necessary place the workstation on its side on a work surface open side face up Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 8 6 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 4 Attach the antistatic wrist strap See Section 5 7 Attaching the Antistatic Wrist Strap on page 5 10 5 Remove torque tool A or torque tool B from its holder See Section 8 2 Removing a Torque Tool on page 8 4 Note Sun manufacturing installs torque tool A or torque tool B in Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations The torque tools are located in different locations in the workstation 6 If necessary remove the filler panel see FIGURE 8 4 Squeeze the two tabs on the filler panel to release it from the cover for the CPU shroud Filler panel Cover for the CPU shroud FIGURE 8 4 R
128. atory compliance of a modified Sun product Placement of a Sun Product Caution To ensure reliable operation of the Sun product and to protect it from overheating ensure that equipment openings are not blocked or covered Never place a Sun product near a radiator or hot air register Power Cord Connection Caution Not all power cords have the same current ratings Household extension cords do not have overload protection Do not use household extension cords with a Sun product Caution The power switch on this product functions as a standby type device only The power cord serves as the primary disconnect device for the workstation Be sure to connect the power cord into a grounded electrical receptacle that is near the workstation and is readily accessible Do not connect the power cord when the power supply has been removed from the workstation chassis Chapter 5 Preparing for Component Removal and Replacement 5 3 5 3 4 5 3 5 Electrostatic Discharge Caution The boards and hard drives contain electronic components that are extremely sensitive to static electricity Ordinary amounts of static electricity from clothing or the work environment can destroy components Do not touch the components themselves or any metal parts Wear an antistatic wrist strap when handling the drive assemblies boards or cards Caution Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat when handling components
129. buses PCIO 2 is the bridge between the 33MHz PCI bus and USB IEEE 1394 10 100 Mbit Ethernet and EBus SBC ASIC The SBC ASIC supports the full Sun CrossBar Interconnect protocol The CPU module interface to the 288 bit Sun CrossBar Interconnect data bus is through a 144 bit private data bus at 150 MHz for a maximum bandwidth of 2 4 Gbyte sec Appendix C Functional Description C 17 SBC is composed of a Sun CrossBar Interconnect interface block and three leaf blocks m PCI A leaf block m PCIB leaf block m UPAG64S leaf block The following figure depicts the microarchitecture of the SBC ASIC Arb Or Data ECC Ctrl Address 10 MHz 150 MH 120 MHz JTAG 2 ports 5 ctrl Sun Crossbar Interconnect Addr Merge buffer Interface ill UPA64S block Leaf Ctrl Data DMA FSM PIO FSM Clocks Misc gt gt 66 MHz v v IChip 64 bit 33 MHz PCI 6 devices 64 bit 66 33 MHz EPCI 2 4 devices FIGURE C 6 SBC Block Diagram C 18 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 The internal interface between the Sun CrossBar Interconnect interface block and the leaf blocks is fully asynchronous This allows the frequency of Sun CrossBar Interconnect and UPA64S to be tuned according to the limitations of the system There is no relative frequency limitation and the frequency of a leaf can be higher than the Sun CrossBar Interconnect frequency UPA64S Leaf Block The
130. c wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 Removing the Logo LED Cable Assembly Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Remove the CPU shroud cover See Section 8 9 1 Removing the CPU Shroud on page 8 40 Remove the fan bracket See Section 6 6 1 Removing the Fan Bracket on page 6 23 4 Disconnect the logo LED cable assembly as follows FIGURE 6 11 a Remove the logo LEDs from the front panel Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 17 b Remove the logo LED cable assembly connector from J3605 on the motherboard 5 Remove the logo LED cable assembly from the chassis To motherboard connector J3605 ee Cable route FIGURE 6 11 Removing and Replacing the Logo LED Cable Assembly 6 3 12 Replacing the Logo LED Cable Assembly an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in n Caution Use proper ESD grounding tec
131. cations within the workstation see FIGURE 8 3 Perform the following procedure to locate and remove torque tool A or torque tool B before removing or replacing a CPU module 1 Power off the workstation See Section 5 5 Powering Off the Workstation on page 5 5 8 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 2 Remove the access panel See Section 5 6 Removing the Access Panel on page 5 8 3 Attach and antistatic wrist strap See Section 5 7 Attaching the Antistatic Wrist Strap on page 5 10 4 Locate and remove torque tool A or torque tool B from its holder See FIGURE 8 3 Torque tool A FIGURE 8 3 Location of Torque Tool A and Torque Tool B Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 5 8 2 1 8 2 2 Firmware and Software Requirements for Installing UltraSPARC II or UltraSPARC III Cu CPU Modules TABLE 8 1 Required Solaris Operating Environment Firmware and Software for Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations UltraSPARC III Modules 600 750 or 900 MHz UltraSPARC III Cu Modules Sun Blade 1000 Sun Blade 2000 Solaris Operating Solaris 8 10 00 Solaris 8 10 01 Environment OpenBoot PROM v4 4 61 v4 5 01 Firmware Software Patches 109888 101 111292 051 110460 091 1008528 101 1 Minimum level of Solaris OpenBoot PROM and software patches necessary ensure proper operation of the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workst
132. cessible through the serial port The additional speed of the serial port can be used to execute communications with a CSU DSU for a partial T1 line to the Internet at 384 Kbaud EIA Levels Each serial port supports both RS 232 and RS 423 protocols RS 232 signaling levels are between 3 VDC and 15 VDC and 3 VDC and 15 VDC A binary 1 001 is anything greater than 3 VDC and a binary 0 000 is anything less than 3 VDC The signal is undefined in the transition area between 3 VDC and 3 VDC The line driver switches at 10 VDC and 10 VDC with a maximum of 12 VDC and 12 VDC in RS 232 mode RS 423 support is similar except that signaling levels are between 4 VDC to 6 VDC and 4 VDC and 6 VDC The line driver switches at 5 3 VDC and 5 3 VDC with a maximum of 6 V and 6 VDC The preferred signaling protocol is RS 423 The higher voltages of RS 232 makes it more difficult to switch at the higher baud rates The maximum rate for RS 232 is approximately 64 Kbaud while the maximum rate for RS 423 is 460 8 Kbaud The workstation default is set to RS 232 Synchronous Rates The serial synchronous ports operate at any rate from 50 Kbaud to 256 Kbaud when the clock is generated from the serial port controller When the clock is generated from an external source the synchronous ports operate at up to 384 Kbaud Clock generation is accurate within 1 percent for any rate that is generated between 50 Kbaud and 256 Kbaud Appendix C Functi
133. ck command at the ok prompt The following code example identifies the watch clock diagnostic output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 1 Watch Clock Diagnostic Output Message 0 ok watch clock Watching the seconds register of the real time clock chip It should be ticking once a second Type any key to stop 4 Watch Net and Watch Net All Diagnostics The watch net and watch net all diagnostics monitor Ethernet packets on the Ethernet interfaces connected to the workstation Good packets received by the workstation are indicated by a period Errors such as the framing error and the cyclic redundancy check CRC error are indicated with an X and an associated error description Initialize the watch net diagnostic is by typing the watch net command at the ok prompt and initialize the watch net all diagnostic by typing the watch net all command at the ok prompt The following code examples identify the watch net and the watch net all output messages CODE EXAMPLE 4 2 Watch Net Diagnostic Output Message 0 ok watch net Internal loopback test succeeded Link is up Looking for Ethernet Packets is a Good Packet X is a Bad Packet Type any KV EC SOPs Pu r tetra wet aoa ead A etn ahs Series Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 9 CODE EXAMPLE 4 3 Watch Net All Diagnostic Output Message 0 ok watch net all pci 8 700000 network 5 1 Internal loopback test succeeded Link i
134. cover before powering on your computer system Caution Do not operate Sun products without the top cover in place Failure to take this precaution may result in personal injury and system damage Laser Compliance Notice Sun products that use laser technology comply with Class 1 laser requirements Class 1 Laser Product Luokan 1 Laserlaite Klasse 1 Laser Apparat Laser KLasse 1 CD ROM or DVD ROM Caution Use of controls adjustments or the performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure Conformit aux normes de s curit Ce texte traite des mesures de s curit qu il convient de prendre pour l installation d un produit Sun Microsystems Mesures de s curit Pour votre protection veuillez prendre les pr cautions suivantes pendant l installation du mat riel m Suivre tous les avertissements et toutes les instructions inscrites sur le mat riel m V rifier que la tension et la fr quence de la source d alimentation lectrique correspondent la tension et la fr quence indiqu es sur l tiquette de classification de l appareil m Ne jamais introduire d objets quels qu ils soient dans une des ouvertures de l appareil Vous pourriez vous trouver en pr sence de hautes tensions dangereuses Tout objet conducteur introduit de la sorte pourrait produire un court circuit qui entrainerait des flammes des risques d lectrocution ou
135. d connect it to the chassis cutouts FIGURE 6 16 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver proceed as follows a Replace the two screws into the chassis bottom that secure the FC AL backplane assembly to the chassis b Tighten the two captive screws located on the left side of the FC AL backplane assembly 6 28 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Connect the FC AL backplane cable assembly to the FC AL backplane Connect the power connector to the FC AL backplane assembly Replace the hard drive s See Section 7 1 2 Replacing a Hard Drive on page 7 3 Return the torque tool to the slot in the backplane assembly Replace the fan bracket See Section 6 6 2 Replacing the Fan Bracket on page 6 24 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 6 9 6 9 1 Chassis Foot Use the following procedures to remove and replace a chassis foot Removing a Chassis Foot e Use a flat tipped tool to pry the foot from the chassis FIGURE 6 17 Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 29 FIGURE 6 17 Removing and Replacing the Chassis Foot 6 9 2 Replacing a Chassis Foot 1 Using a cloth rag and cleanser clean the chassis area where the foot is to be mounted FIGURE 6 17 2 Peel the protective cover from the adhesive side of the foot and place the foot on the chassis 6 30 Sun Bl
136. d in Note Therefore if another USB mouse is plugged into the workstation it will not work because the second mouse is not configured as the console mouse Ona workstation with more than one USB mouse if you unplug the console mouse the next available USB mouse doesn t become the console mouse The next hot plugged mouse will become the console mouse Only a 2 or 3 button mouse is supported A wheel on wheel mouse acts like a plain button mouse A mouse with more than 3 buttons functions like a 3 button mouse D 2 USB Power Management USB power management is leaf first and then bottoms up This means that all leaf devices go into low power mode first Following that the bottom most hub goes into low power mode first followed by hubs in the next upper level This sequence follows all the way to the top root hub Note As a rule of thumb the deeper the USB device tree the poorer USB power management becomes D 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 D 2 1 D 2 2 D 2 3 D 2 4 Storage Devices Use pcfs 7fs and udfs 7fs with USB mass storage devices These file systems are platform neutral and data can be easily shared between platforms UFS is also supported but requires syncing on panic The driver currently supports syncing Each mass storage device has a device node called disk Each node receives a unique controller number A device with multiple LUNs gets the s
137. d memory multiprocessor architecture with both processors installed on a single motherboard See FIGURE C 1 a functional block diagram of the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations Each UltraSPARC III processor has a memory controller installed within the processor module When two UltraSPARC II modules are installed on a Sun Blade 1000 or Sun Blade 2000 workstation only the memory controller installed in CPU slot 0 is enabled The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 I O subsystems are designed around a system bus controller SBC ASIC which is a bridge between the Sun CrossBar Interconnect address bus the UPA64S and the 33 and 66 MHz PCI buses The UPA64S is used exclusively to exchange blocks of graphics information between the graphics card and the SBC ASIC Two PCI buses interface with the FC AL controller and any other boards that are installed in the workstation s PCI slots A 33 MHz PCI bus PCI B supports SCSI controllers that interface with the internal DVD ROM or tape drives A 66 MHz PCI bus PCI A or EPCI for extended PCI bus supports the Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop FC AL controller that interfaces with the hard drive The 33 MHz PCI B I O buses are supported by the Peripheral Component I O 2 PCIO 2 ASIC This ASIC is an interface between the 33 MHz PCI bus the IEEE 1394 port external universal serial buses USB the 10 100 Mbit Ethernet ports the boot PROM and the EBus Note EBus is a slow byte wi
138. d only memory PROM that can be reprogrammed by a voltage pulse See also PROM Gigabyte 10 bytes Graphical user interface Input output An interface from the BootBus Controller that enables testing of the ASICs on the motherboard Kilobyte 105 bytes Any node location in a tree structure that is farthest from the primary node Light emitting diode Megabyte per second Megabit per second Megabyte one million bytes Megahertz Media independent interface A configuration of data processing devices and software connected together for information exchange Next generation dual inline memory module An addressable point on a network Each node in a Sun network has a different name node can connect a computing system a terminal or various other peripheral devices to the network Nanosecond 10 9 seconds Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 NVRAM OpenBoot PROM PCI bus PCIO Peripheral assembly PID POR POST PROM SCSI SRAM STP Sun Crossbar Interconnect SunVTS Synchronization TIP TPE Nonvolatile random access memory A type of RAM that retains information when power is removed from the workstation In Sun systems contains the system hostID number and Ethernet address OpenBoot PROM A routine that tests the network controller diskette drive system memory cache system clock network monitoring and control registers Peripheral component interc
139. de bus for low speed devices such as the serial port controller the audio module the Superl O controller used primarily as diskette drive and parallel port interface and the boot PROM A BootBus controller BBC ASIC is connected to both UltraSPARC III modules through a shared BootBus The BBC ASIC bridges the BootBus to the EBus to which slow I O devices and the boot PROM are attached The BBC ASIC incorporates an LC bus interface and a JTAG master controller The inter integrated circuit 12C controller is used to identify the processor modules the DIMMs and for environmental control The JTAG master controller is used for boundary testing on the system board ASIC and processor testing C 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Main memory SDRAM Smart card reader SHS H p Address 120 2 2 2 bus Al A a ja gt Control us Data ee BBC ASIC AA UltraSPARC III 576 ootBus Processor 0 Sun CrossBar Interconnect SHS HS H Address Adrs Bus j 150 MHz Q Q QO QO Dat gt Control CPMS CPMSHCPMSECPMSECPMSHCPMS a Data J 576 gt lt 4
140. devices except devices 2 and 5 what 1 2 5 Prints some selected properties for devices 1 2 and 5 QLC Diagnostic Output Message The following code example shows the QLC test output CODE EXAMPLE 4 9 QLC Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 01 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 600000 SUNW qlc 4 Hit any key to return to main menu Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 17 4 9 3 Audio Output Message The following code example shows the Audio output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 10 Audio Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 02 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 audio 1 200000 passed Hit any key to return to the main menu 4 9 4 bbc 1 0 Output Message The following code example shows the bbc 1 0 output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 11 bbc 1 0 Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 03 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 bbc 1 0 Sedat Mole Pelee tea eae ETES ne are ot ota hoc RAEE passed Hit any key to return to the main menu 4 9 5 ebus 5 Output Message The following code example shows the ebus output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 12 ebus 5 Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 04 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 Hit any key to return to the main menu 4 18 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 4 9 6 4 9 7 4 9 8 firewi
141. dress down nce t cell disturbance K DTLB RAM t address up t address down nce t cell disturbance DTLB TAG t address up nce t cell disturbance K DTLB TAG t address up t address down transitions t address line transitions 1 4M ITLB RAM cell disturba ITLB RAM nce 1 Test address down 3 34 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 0 00 00 D oo Test address Test address Test cell dis up 1 Test cell disturbance down 1 8K ITLB RAM 1 Test address up turbance 1 Test address down 1 Test cell disturbance 4M ITLB TAG Test address Test address Test cell dis 1 8K ITLB TAG 1 Test address Test address Test address 1 1 0 IMMU Init 0 DMMU Init 1 Mapping done 1 0 Memory addr 1 1 1 E Cache Glo E Cache Qui Ecache TAGS Test address Test address Test cell dis 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 up down turbance 4 ITLB TAG Test address up up Test address down down Test cell disturbance line transitions 8K ITLB TAG Test address up est address down Test address line tran MMU enabled IMMU Init DMMU Init Mapping done MMU enab Memory address selec bal Vars Init ck Verification E Cache Global Vars E Cache Quick Verifi up Ecache TAGS Test addre
142. e Appendix C Functional Description C 13 C 1 3 5 Note DIMM capacities can differ from one group to the next For example four 128 Mbyte DIMMs can be installed in group 0 and four 256 Mbyte DIMMs can be installed in group 1 but workstation performance may be impacted see System Memory Interleaving below Caution DIMMs are made of electronic components that are extremely sensitive to static electricity Static from your clothes or work environment can destroy the modules Do not remove any DIMM from its antistatic packaging until you are ready to install it on the system board Handle the modules only by their edges Do not touch the components or any metal parts Always wear a grounding strap when you handle the modules System Memory Interleaving System memory supports interleaving on 64 byte boundaries The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 system supports from one to four logical banks For interleaving purposes all banks are treated identically regardless of their physical location Two successive accesses to distinct logical banks located in the same group of DIMMs are processed the same as accesses to logical banks that are in separate groups of DIMMs The memory controller for the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstation supports one way 2 way and 4 way interleaving System memory is accessed only on 64 byte block reads or writes The interleaving is based on a 64 byte addressing and the four low ord
143. e SCSI 4 10 SCSI all 4 10 probe scsi all diagnostic output message 4 11 probe SCSI 4 9 probe SCSl all 4 9 procedures troubleshooting 4 1 processor UltraSPARC HI C 4 product description 1 1 specifications A 1 progress reporting POST 3 50 R removing audio module assembly 8 28 cable assembly diskette drive 6 11 chassis foot 6 29 combined cable assembly 6 15 CPU module 8 6 CPU shroud assembly 8 40 DIMM 8 30 DVD ROM drive 7 5 fan assembly 6 21 fan bracket 6 23 FC AL backplane assembly 6 27 filler panel 6 31 graphics card 8 25 hard drive 7 2 interlock switch assembly 6 19 motherboard 8 36 PCI card 8 20 peripheral assembly 7 3 peripheral power cable assembly 6 7 power supply assembly 6 1 power switch assembly 6 5 speaker assembly 6 25 tape drive 7 5 removing and replacing diskette drive 7 9 DVD ROM drive 7 5 major subassemblies 6 1 motherboard 8 1 peripheral assembly 7 4 smart card reader 7 8 storage devices 7 1 replaceable components system unit 1 10 replacing Access panel 9 1 audio module assembly 8 29 cable assembly diskette drive 6 12 chassis foot 6 30 Index 6 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CPU module 8 12 CPU shroud assembly 8 41 DIMM 8 32 fan assembly 6 22 fan bracket 6 24 filler panel 6 32 graphics card 8 26 hard drive 7 3 interlock switch assembly 6 20 motherboard 8 38 PCI card 8 22 peripheral powe
144. e 2000 Service Manual January 2002 13 14 15 Torque tool A Click Captive screw 2 FIGURE 8 14 Torque Tool A Clicks When the Captive Screws Are Correctly Torqued Return torque tool A to its storage location in the workstation If necessary reinstall the filler panel for the shroud Caution To ensure proper workstation cooling any unused CPU slot must contain a filler panel for the shroud see FIGURE 8 4 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel plug in the power cord and power on the workstation Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 19 8 3 8 3 1 PCI Card Perform the following procedures to remove and replace a PCI card Removing a PCI Card Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Disconnect any external cables from the PCI card that you plan to remove Lay the workstation on its side Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Note To remove extra long PCI cards detach the fan bracket tabs and pull the bracket back out of the way Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the screw securing the PCI card bracket tab to the workstation chassis FIGURE 8 15 Cau
145. e interface for situations when running a GUI is not possible The SunVTS interface can run on one workstation to display the SunVTS test session of another workstation on the network SunVTS is distributed with each SPARC or Solaris release It is located on the Sun Computer Systems Supplement CD SunVTS Requirements Your workstation must meet the following requirements to run SunVTS a The SunVTS packages must be installed The main package is SUNWvt s There are additional supporting packages that differ based on the revision of the Solaris operating environment that is installed For specific details refer to the corresponding SunVTS documentation m The workstation must be booted to the multiuser level level 3 a To run SunVTS with a GUI that GUI must be installed Otherwise run SunVTS with the TT Y mode interface SunVTS References To find out more information about using SunVTS refer to the SunVTS documentation that corresponds to the Solaris release that you are running The SunVTS documents are part of the Solaris on Sun Hardware AnswerBookTM collection This AnswerBook collection is pre installed on the hard disk of new systems Itis also distributed on the Software Supplement CD that is part of each Solaris Media Kit release and is also accessible at http docs sun com The following list describes the contents of each SunVTS document m SunVTS User s Guide describes how to install configure and run the
146. e placing them on any surface 1 Position the peripheral cable assembly in the chassis FIGURE 6 6 2 Connect the peripheral power cable assembly as follows FIGURE 6 6 6 8 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 6 3 3 4 5 a Connect the peripheral power cable assembly connectors to the tape drive or DVD ROM drive diskette drive and the FC AL backplane assembly b Connect the peripheral power cable assembly connector to the motherboard connector J3608 Replace the fan assembly and fan bracket See Section 6 5 2 Replacing a Fan Assembly on page 6 22 and Section 6 6 2 Replacing the Fan Bracket on page 6 24 Reinstall the partially removed peripheral assembly removed earlier Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 Removing the SCSI Cable Assembly Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Disconnect the SCSI cable assembly as follows FIGURE 6 7 a Disconnect the SCSI cable assembly from the from the tape or DVD ROM drive b Pass the SCSI cable assembly through the chassis cutout Lift the SCSI cable assembly out
147. e power supply cables remain connected to the motherboard 4 6 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 This section describes how to use a digital volt meter DVM to test the power supply under an operational load See FIGURE 4 1 to identify the J3601 and J3603 power connectors Power off the workstation and remove the access panel See Chapter 5 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling workstation components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Defeat the interlock The interlock switch can be defeated by mechanically closing the switch while the access cover is removed from the workstation Caution Hazardous voltages are present To reduce the risk of electrical shock and danger to personal health follow the instructions Power on the workstation Using a DVM check the power supply output voltages See Appendix B and for power supply connector descriptions Note All power supply connectors being tested must remain connected to the motherboard a With the negative probe of the DVM placed on a connector ground Gnd pin position the positive probe on each power pin b Verify voltage and signal availability as listed in the voltage pin tables If any power pin signal is not present with the power supply active and properly connected to the
148. e system frequency through a clock connected directly to the CPU module The DIMMs also support a SEEPROM for identifying and configuring subsystem memory The CPU module memory controller performs reads and writes in blocks of 64 bytes On noncacheable reads the extraneous data is dropped On noncacheable write the processor must perform a read modify write The memory space is cached The memory subsystem supports logical interleaving by 1 no interleaving 2 and 4 The unit of interleaving is a logical bank A group of four DIMMs corresponds to two logical banks for interleaving purposes The interleaving is based on multiples of 64 bytes Main memory interleaving is described in more details in Section C 1 3 5 System Memory Interleaving on page C 14 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Addr 15 0 gt LE_L 1 0 CPU RAS 1 0 module CKE 3 0 CS 3 0 CAS 1 0 WE 1 0 LE_L 1 0 144 bit data CPMS Addr 15 0 Addr 15 O O A A m m D a ADDR ADDR DIMM RAS1_L CKE1 CS1 RAS3 L CKE3 CS3 CAS1_L WE1_L Adar 15 U Adar 15 0 Addr 15 0 576 bit data FIGURE C 3 Main Memory Functional Block Diagram ADDR Addr 15 0 L p ADDR DIMM Appendix C Functional Description C 11 Motherboard top J3603 J3608 Motherboard front
149. e time required to complete POST The following table lists the approximate amount of time required to complete the POST These approximate POST completion times are based on 2 0 GB of DIMM memory installed with the diag level variable set to max or the diag level variable set to min The approximate POST completion times also vary with the number of CPUs configured to the system TABLE 3 1 Approximate POST Completion Times Amount Of DIMM CPU Configuration Memory diag level max setting diag level min setting 2 way 2 0 GB 20 30 minutes 3 4 minutes Single 2 0 GB 20 30 minutes 3 4 minutes The default setting for diag level is max Examples of the max level POST output on serial port A is provided in Section 3 4 1 diag level Variable Set to max on page 3 6 Examples of the min level POST output on serial port A is provided in Section 3 4 2 diag level Variable Set to min on page 3 30 Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 5 3 4 1 To set the diag level variable to min type ok setenv diag level min To return to the default setting type ok setenv diag level max diag level Variable Set to max When the diag level variable is set to max POST enables an extended set of diagnostic level tests The following code examples identify typical serial port A POST output with the diag level variable set to max for 2 way and single CPU configurations m diag level variable set to max 2 way CPU CODE EXAMPLE 3
150. e tool to alternately tighten the left and right captive screws to the correct torque Always rotate the left captive screw one turn clockwise and then rotate the right captive screw one turn clockwise This assures that a uniform and even torque is applied to the CPU module Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 15 Torque tool B FIGURE 8 11 Adjusting Captive Screws Until the Torque Tool Gap Is 0 0 Inches 0 0 MM 8 Return torque tool B to its green plastic holder then return the holder to its storage location in the hard drive bracket 9 If necessary install the cover for the shroud see FIGURE 8 12 8 16 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Shroud FIGURE 8 12 Installing the Cover for the Shroud 10 Use torque tool A to rotate the left captive screw one turn clockwise see FIGURE 8 13 11 Use torque tool A to rotate the right captive screw one turn clockwise see FIGURE 8 13 Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 17 Torque tool A Left captive screw FIGURE 8 13 Alternately Rotating Left and Right Captive Screws One Turn Clockwise 12 Repeat Steps 10 and 11 until torque tool A clicks see FIGURE 8 14 Seating occurs when both captive screws are evenly torqued to 5 inch lbs 58 grams meter Torque tool A clicks the adjustment specification is achieved 8 18 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blad
151. ebus 5 gpio 1 300600 PORT TN PS ETIENNE passed Hit any key to return to the main menu 4 9 10 i2c 1 2e Output Message The following code example shows the i2c1 2e output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 17 12c 1 2e Diagnostic Output Message with Tip Line Installed obdiag gt test 09 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 i2c 1 2e aie Sa Rio Wife Maa Stan SP teen nested sea Ne eben ere isa passed Hit any key to return to the main menu 4 20 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 4 9 11 4 9 12 4 9 13 i2c 1 30 Output Message The following code example shows the i2c1 30 output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 18 12c 1 30 Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 10 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 i2c 1 30 A ns dado Ame passed Hit any key to return to the main menu network 5 1 Output Message The following code example shows the network 5 1 output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 19 Network 5 1 Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 11 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 network 5 1 Fe TDR SN fee passed Hit any key to return to the main menu Parallel Port Output Message The following code example shows the parallel port output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 20 obdiag gt test 12 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 parallel 1 300278 SR AAA Gace R
152. ed on the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Hardware Documentation CD ROM Caution Use an antistatic mat when working with the motherboard An antistatic mat contains the cushioning needed to protect the underside components to prevent motherboard flexing and to provide antistatic protection Note If you are replacing the motherboard remove the audio module graphics card s CPU module s and PCI card s prior to removing the motherboard Note the chassis connector location for each graphics card and PCI card prior to removal Note The workstation ID SEEPROM contains the system host identification ID and Ethernet address If the same ID and Ethernet address are to be used on the replacement motherboard remove the workstation ID SEEPROM from the motherboard and install the removed workstation ID SEEPROM on the replacement motherboard after motherboard installation See FIGURE C 15 Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 35 8 8 1 AN Removing the Motherboard 1 Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Lay the workstation on its side FIGURE 8 20 Remove the following a CPU module s See Section 8 2 2 Removing a CPU Module on page 8 6 b PCI card s See Section 8 3 1 Removing a PCI Card on page 8 20 c Graphics card s See Section 8 4 3 Removing the Graphics Card on page
153. ed upon an architecture developed by Sun Microsystems Inc AS As an Energy Star partner Sun Microsystems Inc has determined that configurations of this product that bear the Energy Star Logo meet the Energy Star guidelines for energy efficiency For more information about which configurations are Energy Star compliant select the Sun Blade 1000 link on the http www sun com website The OPEN LOOK and Sun Graphical User Interface was developed by Sun Microsystems Inc for its users and licensees Sun acknowledges the pioneering efforts of Xerox in researching and developing the concept of visual or graphical user interfaces for the computer industry Sun holds a non exclusive license from Xerox to the Xerox Graphical User Interface which license also covers Sun s licensees who implement OPEN LOOK GUIs and otherwise comply with Sun s written license agreements Federal Acquisitions Commercial Software Government Users Subject to Standard License Terms and Conditions DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT ARE DISCLAIMED EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems Inc 901 San Antonio Road Palo Alto CA 94303 4900 Etats Unis Tous droits r serv s Ce produit ou document est distribu avec de
154. ee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio television technician for help Shielded Cables Connections between the workstation and peripherals must be made using shielded cables in order to maintain compliance with FCC radio frequency emission limits Networking connections can be made using unshielded twisted pair UTP cables Modifications Any modifications made to this device that are not approved by Sun Microsystems Inc may void the authority granted to the user by the FCC to operate this equipment xxi ICES 003 Class A Notice Avis NMB 003 Classe A This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe A est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada ICES 003 Class B Notice Avis NMB 003 Classe B This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada VCCI EEC NT DIA
155. eing tested to serial port B of another Sun system using a serial null modem cable connect cable pins 2 3 3 2 7 20 and 20 7 3 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 pee ee 20 O 2 3 o O 3 70 O7 200 O 20 a ea A FIGURE 3 1 Setting Up a TIP Connection At the other Sun system check the etc remote file by changing to the etc directory and then editing the remote file hardwire dv dev term b br 9600 e1 C S Q U D ie 0e D Note The example shows connection to serial port B of the other Sun system To use serial port A instead a Modify the etc remote file as follows hardwire dv dev term a br 9600 e1 C S Q U D ie oe D Ina shell terminal window on the Sun system type tip hardwire hostnames tip hardwire connected Note The shell terminal window is now a TIP window directed to the serial port of the workstation being tested When power is applied to the workstation being tested POST messages will be displayed in this window When POST is completed disconnect the TIP window as follows a Open a terminal window Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 3 32 2 b Type ps a to view the active TIP line and process ID PID number c Type the following to kill the TIP hardwire process kill 9 PID Verifying the Baud Rate To verify the baud rate between the works
156. emoving the Filler Panel Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 7 7 Complete one of the following steps Your selection depends on whether you are replacing an existing UltraSPARC III CPU module or installing an additional UltraSPARC III CPU module into an unused CPU processor slot m If you are replacing an existing module and have torque tool A perform Step 8 a If you are replacing an existing module and have torque tool B perform Step 9 a If you are installing an additional CPU module perform Step 10 Torque tool A Right captive screw Left captive screw FIGURE 8 5 Using Torque Tool A to Remove a CPU Module 8 8 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 8 To remove an existing CPU module by using torque tool A a Alternately rotate the left and right captive screws one turn counterclockwise until the screws are free of the threaded inserts see FIGURE 8 5 Caution Do not touch the board for the CPU module or its components Touch only the captive screws and plastic top cover of the module to avoid damaging module components by electrostatic discharge see FIGURE 8 8 b Use both hands to lift the CPU module out of the shroud c Place the CPU module on an antistatic mat with the heat sink on the top facing up Proceed to Section 8 2 3 Replacing an UltraSPARC III CPU Module on page 8 12 9 To remove an existing CPU modu
157. enable J2104 Select No select 2 3 X or Logic Set Note Additional Flash PROM information for the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations can be found in the publication Sun Flash PROM Guide for Workstations and Workgroup Servers Standalone Version 802 3233 Appendix C Functional Description C 49 C 5 C 5 1 C 5 2 Enclosure The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 enclosure allows for under desk installation The enclosure design complies with all necessary environmental and regulatory specifications Enclosure Basics Overall dimensions of the enclosure are 10 0 inches x 24 4 inches x 17 8 inches 255mm x 620 mm x 452 mm The enclosure houses m One 1 0 inch diskette drive or a second 1 6 inch device m One 1 6 inch DVD ROM or tape drive m One 1 0 inch device slot for the smart card reader Note The DVD ROM drive slot is used for an optional DVD ROM drive or tape drive a Two 1 inch or 1 6 inch single connector 3 5 inch hard drives a Two plug in UltraSPARC III modules Eight DIMMs Four PCI slots m Two UPA64S modules Enclosure Features Enclosure features include m Access for internal upgrades and service Optimized system board layout m Graphics expansion module UPA64S connector a Processor placed on plug in module expediting upgrades a All standard connectors and no splitter cables on rear panel C 50 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 6
158. entation Attention les produits Sun sont con us pour fonctionner avec des alimentations monophas es munies d un conducteur neutre mis la terre Pour carter les risques d lectrocution ne pas brancher de produit Sun dans un autre type d alimentation secteur En cas de doute quant au type d alimentation lectrique du local veuillez vous adresser au directeur de l exploitation ou un lectricien qualifi i Attention tous les cordons d alimentation n ont pas forc ment la m me puissance nominale en mati re de courant Les rallonges d usage domestique n offrent pas de protection contre les surcharges et ne sont pas pr vues pour les syst mes d ordinateurs Ne pas utiliser de rallonge d usage domestique avec votre produit Sun Attention votre produit Sun a t livr quip d un cordon d alimentation 4 trois fils avec prise de terre Pour carter tout risque d lectrocution branchez toujours ce cordon dans une prise mise 4 la terre Batterie au lithium batterie au lithium r f rence MK48T59Y MK48TXXB XX MK48T18 XXXPCZ M48T59W XXXPCZ ou MK48T08 a t moul e dans l horloge temps r el SGS Les batteries ne sont pas des pi ces remplacables par le client Elles risquent d exploser en cas de mauvais traitement Ne pas jeter la batterie au feu Ne pas la d monter ni tenter de la recharger 1 Attention sur les cartes CPU Sun une Couvercle Pour ajouter des ca
159. eplacing the Smart Card Reader Cable Assembly 1 Position the smart card reader cable assembly in the chassis FIGURE 6 9 2 Connect the smart card reader cable assembly to the smart card reader 3 Connect the smart card reader cable assembly to the motherboard connector J3904 4 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 6 14 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 6 3 9 AN Removing the Combined Cable Assembly 1 Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Remove any PCI cards necessary to gain access to the combined cable assembly See Section 8 3 1 Removing a PCI Card on page 8 20 Remove the CPU shroud cover Remove the fan bracket See Section 6 6 1 Removing the Fan Bracket on page 6 23 Disconnect the combined cable assembly as follows FIGURE 6 10 a Remove the combined cable assembly connectors from the interlock switch terminators b Remove the combined cable assembly connectors from the power switch terminators c Remove the combined cable assembly connectors from the speaker assembly terminators d Re
160. er ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 1 Replace the fan assemblies FIGURE 6 14 See Section 6 5 2 Replacing a Fan Assembly on page 6 22 2 Position the fan bracket and fans into the chassis by aligning the four lower tabs and three upper side tabs 3 Gently push the fan bracket down and toward the chassis frame until the fan bracket side tabs latch 4 Reconnect the fan power connectors See Section 6 5 2 Replacing a Fan Assembly on page 6 22 6 24 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 5 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 5 6 7 6 7 1 Speaker Assembly Use the following procedures to remove and replace the speaker assembly Removing the Speaker Assembly Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the screw securing the speaker assembly to the chassis FIGURE 6 15 Disconnect the combined cable assembly connector
161. er bits of a block physical address PA 9 6 determines the bank within a memory segment The stride on which banks are interleaved is 64 bytes no interleaving 128 bytes 2 way interleaving 256 bytes 4 way interleaving In only one configuration is it possible to interleave by four To interleave by four all groups must be populated with DIMMs of the same size CPU processing rate is slowed by memory module response time and limited by the word size 64 bytes of its read or write requests The word size of these read write requests are referred to as the processing stride System memory interleaving is a technique to increase CPU throughput by splitting the system memory into independent banks that answer CPU read or write requests independently and in parallel The group addresses for the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 are listed in the following table C 14 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE C 3 System Memory Interleaving Group Physical Address Bank 1 J0407 1 0 J0406 0 1 J0305 1 0 J0304 0 1 J0203 3 0 J0202 2 1 J0101 3 0 J0100 2 Note Logical banks are created in the DIMM For interleaving purposes all banks are treated identically regardless of their physical location For maximum interleaving performance install DIMMs of identical capacity in all four banks The following figure illustrates the possible system interleaving configurations for the Sun
162. ff the workstation see Chapter 5 Power on the workstation as follows Turn on power to the monitor and to all external devices Caution Once the power for the workstation is switched on the internal boot process will begin To prevent hardware failures do not immediately power off the workstation Wait until the boot process is complete before powering off the workstation Press the power switch on the front panel and release it FIGURE 9 3 After several seconds verify that the Sun logo on the workstation front panel energizes immediately verify that the power indicator LED on the power switch is energized and listen to verify that the workstation fans are spinning Note The power indicator LED on the power switch will energize after the workstation begins the internal boot process 9 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Power indicator LED Power switch Sun logo Front panel FIGURE 9 3 Workstation Power Switch 223 Enabling Power Management The power indicator LED in the center of the front panel power switch has three states that indicate the power status of the system as described in TABLE 9 1 TABLE 9 1 Power Indicator LED States LED Activity Meaning LED off System power is off or system is booting up LED blinking All internal subsystems are in lowest possible power consumption mode for this system Some hardware components and sof
163. from the workstation and the wall receptacle Following this caution equalizes all electrical potentials within the workstation 1 Unwrap the first two folds of the antistatic wrist strap and wrap the adhesive side firmly against your wrist 2 Peel the liner from the copper foil at the opposite end of the antistatic wrist strap 3 Attach the copper end of the antistatic wrist strap to the chassis FIGURE 5 4 4 Disconnect the power cord Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Antistatic wrist strap EN LE Power cord FIGURE 5 4 Attaching the Antistatic Wrist Strap to the Chassis Chapter 5 Preparing for Component Removal and Replacement 5 11 5 12 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CHAPTER 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies This chapter describes how to remove and replace the following major subassemblies Section 6 1 Power Supply Assembly on page 6 1 Section 6 2 Power Switch Assembly on page 6 5 Section 6 3 Cable Assemblies on page 6 7 Section 6 4 Interlock Switch Assembly on page 6 19 Section 6 5 Fan Assemblies on page 6 21 Section 6 6 Fan Bracket on page 6 23 Section 6 7 Speaker Assembly on page 6 25 Section 6 8 FC AL Backplane Assembly on page 6 27 Section 6 9 Chassis Foot on page 6 29 Section 6 10 Filler Panels on page 6 31 6 1 Power Supply Assembly Perform t
164. g 1 Ecache TAGS Test address up wn t address down nce t cell disturbance ity t data reliability ne transitions Test address line transitions Tes rba Tes bil Tes Ecache Addr Partial pe BBC I Cache Re oo e est address up 1 do 1 cell distu 1 data relia 1 est address est est 3 12 Lin Ecache Address Lin Init Partial Ecache Init gisters I Cache RAM Test address up wn Test address down rbance Test cell disturbance bility Test data reliability Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 7 of 15 0 Test address line 0 I Cache TAGS 0 Testing I Cache Ta 0 Test address up TAT 1 Tes 1 Tes 0 Test address down 1 Tes 0 Test cell disturba 1 Tes 0 Test data reliabil 1 Tes 0 Test address line 1 Tes Testing I Cache Mi Test address up oo 1 Tes 1 Tes 0 Test address down 1 Tes 0 Test cell disturba 1 Tes 0 Test data reliabil 1 Tes 0 Test address line 1 Tes I Cache Snoop Ta Test address up oo eae 1 Tes 0 Test address down 1 Tes 0 Test cell disturba 1 Tes 0 Test data reliabil 1 Tes 0 Test address line 1 Tes O I Cache Init 0 D Cache RAM transitions 1 Test address line tran
165. g WARNING Temperature sensor on UPA1 missing Smart card reader present Read parameters from seeproms Size bank MB Number of banks DIMM 0 0 0 DIMM 1 64 2 DIMM 2 0 0 DIMM 3 64 2 DIMM 4 0 0 Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 7 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 0 0 00 0 00 10 000 oS OO 0 Configure 0 Configure O SoftInt O Verify interru O Tick amp Tick O Stick amp Stic DIMM 5 6 DIMM 6 0 DIMM 7 6 Bank 0 not pre Bank 1 is pre Bank 2 not pre Bank 3 not pre Setup CPUs a CPU O ratio 5 CPU 1 ratio 4 System frequen Load PLL and 1 PLL reset 2 2 ES pe pep SS 5H H H Test walking 1 1 rest walking 0 1 1 Verify interru 1 i Walk 1 0 TICK 1 TICK re 1 Verify TICK re Verify TICK In i EL Verify qa Walk 1 0 STICK 1 O Verify STICK r 1 diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 2 of 15 4 2 0 4 2 sent size 00000000 00000000 sent size 00000000 10000000 sent size 00000000 00000000 sent size 00000000 10000000 nd system frequency cy 150 MHz reset L PLL reset C controller 0 SoftInt amp Interrupt C controller 1 Test walking 1 through softint register terrupt Test walking 0 through softint register through softint register Verify interrupt occurs for each level through softint register Verify interrupt occurs at the right PIL pt occurs fo
166. g Off the Workstation on page 5 5 Section 5 6 Removing the Access Panel on page 5 8 Section 5 7 Attaching the Antistatic Wrist Strap on page 5 10 5 1 Sal Safety Requirements For your protection observe the following safety precautions when setting up the equipment Follow all cautions warnings and instructions marked on the equipment Ensure that the voltages and frequency rating of the power receptacle match the electrical rating label on the equipment Never push objects of any kind through openings in the equipment They may touch dangerous voltage points or may short components resulting in fire or electric shock Refer the servicing of equipment to qualified personnel 52 Safety Symbols Note the following symbols and their meanings Caution To avoid personal injury and equipment damage follow the instructions Caution Hazardous voltages are present To reduce the risk of electric shock and personal injury follow the instructions gt gt gt Caution Avoid contact Surfaces are hot and may cause personal injury if touched 5 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 9i el m O1 Qo NO gt al Qo Q gt gt Safety Precautions Follow all safety precautions Modification to Equipment Caution Do not make mechanical or electrical modifications to the equipment Sun Microsystems is not responsible for regul
167. g a 33 MHz card into a 66 MHz Extended Peripheral Component Interconnect EPCI slot J2301 decreases workstation performance see FIGURE 8 16 Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 23 J3603 J3608 Serial ports AB J3604 J2001 J3601 m 2 p RASE J500 m J0305 SCSI port U J0304 m J0203 Parallel port 0 10202 fr J0101 J1801 J2202 J0100 EJ ue CPU lono J0501 J0601 J3001 CPU dd ae J0701 J0801 J3002 J3605 J3303 J5301 TPE Battery SEEPROM J3602 J3201 1394 E E J3203 Flash PROM Audio J4301 jumpers y FC AL siel fele LO o N E J2902 No x o 8 UPA graphics J4501 E e 33 MHz PCI 4 J2601 Server RSC J3501 UPA graphics J4401 8 N 33 MHz PCI 3 J2501 i 33 MHz PCI 2 J2401 J3302 66 MHz PCI 1 J23
168. g addr port memtst sbuf addr port A Schizo merg test merg_wr 8 byte port A merg_wr 4 byte port A Map PCI B space Schizo reg test PBM B registers Iommu B registers Streaming Cache B registers Mondo Interrupt B registers Schizo pci B id test PCI B Vendor ID 108e PCI B Device ID 8001 Schizo mem test memtst ram data port memtst cam data port memtst ram addr port memtst cam addr port memtst pnta port memtst Inta port DD O eo ed y w wW w w w w Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 4 A As As As ss ss As ss As As As As As As As ss ss As ss As ss ss As As ss ss ss ss As As ss As As As ss memtst rnta memtst enta memt st memt st memt st in addr pg addr sbuf addr port B port port port port w w w w Schizo merg test merg_wr 8 byte port B merg_wr 4 byte port B Map RIO Tose Verify EX Dat Verify Verify Verify Verify Verify PCI B space for RIO RIO Config EBus access he Functional cacheline fill on read miss he Functional no allocate on write miss fetch from memory on read miss write through on write hit write through fetch on read miss set associativity Wcache Functional Verify cacheline fill on write miss Verify buffering Verify coalescing Pcache Functional FPU Functional Test Test Test Test Test lest Test single single single sing
169. g code example shows the serial output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 25 Serial Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 17 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 serial 1 400000 O e A NET passed Hit any key to return to the main menu USB Output Message The following code example shows the USB output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 26 Serial Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 18 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 usb 5 3 Hit any key to return to the main menu Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 23 49 20 Test All Output Message The test all diagnostic runs all tests in sequence Note You may exclude certain tests using the except command The following code example shows the test all output message 4 24 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 4 27 Test all Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test all Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 600000 SUNW qlc 4 passed Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 audio 1 200000 passed Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 bbc 1 0 passed Testing pereg 00000 EbuS C5 whe ie aie ee ee a ete passed Testing pci 8 700000 firewire 5 2 passed Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 flashprom 0 0 passed Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 floppy 1 3023f0 passed Testing
170. ggefahr zu reduzieren schlie en 1fieSie Sun Produkte nicht an andere Stromquellen an Ihr Betriebsleiter oder ein qualifizierter Elektriker kann Ihnen die Daten zur Stromversorgung in Ihrem Geb ude geben gleichen Nennwerte Herk mmliche im Haushalt verwendete Verl ngerungskabel besitzen keinen Uberlastungsschutz und sind daher fiir Computersysteme nicht geeignet Achtung Nicht alle Netzkabel haben die Achtung Ihr Sun Ger t wird mit einem dreiadrigen Netzkabel fiir geerdete Netzsteckdosen geliefert Um die Gefahr eines Stromschlags zu reduzieren schlie en Sie das Kabel nur an eine fachgerecht verlegte geerdete Steckdose an xxx Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Lithiumbatterie Achtung CPU Karten von Sun verf gen ber eine Echtzeituhr mit integrierter Lithiumbatterie Teile Nr MK48T59Y MK48TXXB XX MK48T18 XXXPCZ M48T59W XXXPCZ oder MK48T08 Diese Batterie darf nur von einem qualifizierten Servicetechniker ausgewechselt werden da sie bei falscher Handhabung explodieren kann Werfen Sie die Batterie nicht ins Feuer Versuchen Sie auf keinen Fall die Batterie auszubauen oder wiederaufzuladen Geh useabdeckung Sie m ssen die obere Abdeckung Ihres Sun Systems entfernen um interne Komponenten wie Karten Speicherchips oder Massenspeicher hinzuzuf gen Bringen Sie die obere Geh useabdeckung wieder an bevor Sie Ihr System einschalten Achtung Bei Betrieb de
171. grade Category 4 UTP 4 Category 5 UTP 5 data grade m For 100BASE T applications UTP cable UTP 5 data grade B 7 2 External UTP 5 Cable Lengths The following table lists TPE UTP 5 types applications and maximum lengths TABLE B 14 TPE UTP 5 Cables Maximum Length Cable Type Application s Metric Maximum Length U S UTP 5 data grade 10BASE T or 100 meters 109 yards 100BASE T B 16 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 B 8 Audio Connectors The audio connectors are located on the audio card The connectors use EJA standard 3 5 mm 0 125 inch jacks OOOO N O Headphones Line out Line in Microphone FIGURE B 13 Audio Connector Configuration TABLE B 15 Audio Connector Line Assignment Component Headphones Line Out Line In Microphone Tip Left channel Left channel Left channel Left channel Ring center Right channel Right channel Right channel Right channel Shield Ground Ground Ground Ground B 9 FC AL Rear Panel Connector The FC AL connector J2902 is located on the rear panel 87654321 FIGURE B 14 FC AL Connector Configuration Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 17 TABLE B 16 FC AL Connector Pin Assignments Pin Signal Description 1 T_CM_FC_TX_EX_P Transmit data 2 GND ground 3 T_CM_FC_TX_EX_N Transmit data 4 5 NC 6 FC_RX_EX_N Receive data 7 GND ground 8 FC_RX_EX_P Receive data B 10 Graphics Card Connectors The graph
172. he following procedures to remove and replace the power supply assembly Removing the Power Supply Assembly 1 Power off the workstation and remove the access panel See Section 5 5 Powering Off the Workstation on page 5 5 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 6 1 2 Squeeze the connectors to disengage them from the motherboard Now disconnect the two power supply assembly connectors J3601 and J3603 from the motherboard FIGURE 6 2 3 Loosen the reusable cable tie in the upper right corner of the chassis cutout that secures the two power supply cables FIGURE 6 1 FIGURE 6 1 Power Supply Cable Tie 4 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the six screws securing the power supply assembly to the chassis back panel FIGURE 6 3 5 Remove the power supply from the chassis by pulling on the power supply assembly handle Push the power supply cable connectors through the chassis cutout while slowly pulling the power supply out Note Support the power supply assembly with one hand as you remove it from the chassis 6 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 J3601
173. he system banner appears on the monitor Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 39 b At the ok prompt type ok setenv power cycles 0 c Verify that the power cycles NVRAM variable increments each time the workstation is power cycled Note The Solaris operating environment Power Management software uses the power cycles NVRAM variable to control the frequency of automatic system shutdown if automatic shutdown is enabled 16 Verify proper operation See Section 3 4 Maximum and Minimum Levels of POST on page 3 5 8 9 8 9 1 CPU Shroud Use the following procedures to remove and replace the CPU shroud Removing the CPU Shroud Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Lay the workstation on its side Remove the filler panel Remove the cover for the CPU shroud FIGURE 8 21 Squeeze the two tabs on the cover to release it from the CPU shroud Remove the CPU module s See Section 8 2 2 Removing a CPU Module on page 8 6 8 40 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 6 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver loosen the six captive sc
174. hen processing data between two Expert3D or Expert3D Lite graphics cards The software patch number is 108576 08 and is downloaded when you install the Sun Expert3D or Expert3D Lite software provided with the graphics card installation kit Check for the latest patch level by going to the following Sun web site http www sun com sunsolve Peripherals The following peripherals are supported by the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstation Section C 1 9 1 DVD ROM and Tape Drives on page C 29 Section C 1 9 2 Diskette Drive on page C 30 Section C 1 9 3 Hard Drives on page C 30 Section C 1 9 4 Smart Card Reader on page C 31 a a a a DVD ROM and Tape Drives The DVD ROM and back up devices tape drive are interfaced through a SCSI controller The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations use a SCSI host controller on the PCI bus This controller is used only in fast narrow mode Appendix C Functional Description C 29 C 1 9 2 C 1 9 3 Note The DVD ROM drive is factory set to SCSI target ID 6 Refer to the installation documentation for the DVD ROM to change the target ID address Diskette Drive The workstation has a standard 1 44 Mbyte diskette drive that is 1 inch 25 40 mm high Refer to the Manual Eject Diskette Drive Specifications part number 805 1133 for diskette information panel descriptions and drive specifications Note The diskette drive is factory set to
175. hniques when handling components Wear antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 1 Position the logo LED cable assembly in the chassis FIGURE 6 11 2 Connect the logo LED cable assembly as follows a Replace the LEDs in the front panel LED holders b Connect the logo LED cable assembly connector to motherboard connector J3605 3 Replace the fan bracket See Section 6 6 2 Replacing the Fan Bracket on page 6 24 6 18 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 4 Replace the CPU shroud cover See Section 8 9 2 Replacing the CPU Shroud on page 8 41 5 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 6 4 6 4 1 Interlock Switch Assembly Use the following procedures to remove and replace the interlock switch assembly Removing the Interlock Switch Assembly 1 Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 2 Press the detent tabs at either side of the interlock switch assembly while pulling the switch from the chassis switch housing FIGURE 6 12 3 Continue to press the detent tabs and pull the interlock switch assembly until the interl
176. hniques when handling components Wear antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 2 Remove the peripheral bezel assembly by pressing down on the top of the bezel and pulling it straight out from the chassis FIGURE 7 2 3 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the four screws securing the peripheral assembly to the chassis 4 Partially remove the peripheral assembly from the chassis 5 Disconnect the power and interface cables from all drives installed in the peripheral assembly 6 Remove the peripheral assembly from the chassis 7 Place the peripheral assembly on an antistatic mat FIGURE 7 2 Removing and Replacing the Peripheral Assembly 7 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 7 2 2 Removing the DVD ROM Drive or Any Optional Tape Drive Component Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Position the peripheral assembly on a flat surface so that the DVD ROM drive or tape drive is flat FIGURE 7 3 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the four screws securing the DVD ROM drive or tape drive to the peripheral assembly Note The four screws that secure a drive to the peripheral drive assembly are specifically sized screws Do not intermingle them with other screws Re
177. hows a functional block diagram of the serial port Li Serial port A o DB 25 POTEA receiver EMI RS 232 423 select filter EBUS Serial port controller nie Serial port B DB 25 Slew rate select EMI filter Line p POES receiver FIGURE C 11 Serial Port Functional Block Diagram Serial Port Components Serial port components include a serial port controller line drivers and receivers The serial port controller contains 64 byte input and output buffers that reduce the CPU bandwidth requirements of the serial port controller C 34 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 13 2 C 1 13 3 C 1 13 4 Note Interrupts are generated when the buffer reaches 32 bytes or half full The line drivers and line receivers are compatible with both RS 232 and RS 423 protocols Software control sets the line drivers and line receivers to either RS 232 or RS 423 protocols The line driver slew rate is also programmable For baud rates over 100 Kbaud the slew rate is set to 10 VDC usec For baud rates under 100 Kbaud the slew rate is set to 5 VDC usec Serial Port Functions Modem connection to the serial port allows access to the Internet Synchronous X 25 modems are used for telecommunications in Europe An ASCII text window is accessible through the serial port on your workstation Low speed printers buttonboxes for CAD CAM applications and devices that function like a mouse are also ac
178. ics card connector is located on the graphics card 1 5 00000 00000 O 10 A3 FIGURE B 15 Graphics Card Connector Pin Configuration TABLE B 17 Graphics Card Connector Pin Assignments Pin Signal Name Description Al R Red A2 G Green A3 B Blue 1 Serial Read Serial read B 18 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE B 17 Graphics Card Connector Pin Assignments Continued Pin 2 10 Signal Name Vert Sync Sense lt 0 gt GND Comp Sync Horiz Sync Serial Write Sense lt 1 gt Sense lt 2 gt GND Description Vertical sync Sense lt 0 gt Ground Composite sync Horizontal syne Serial write Sense lt 1 gt Sense lt 2 gt Ground B 11 Smart Card Reader Connector The smart reader connector J3604 is located on the motherboard 1 3 5 7 9 O O O O O O O O 2 O O 4 6 8 10 FIGURE B 16 Pin Assignments for Smart Card Reader Connector J3604 Appendix B Signal Descriptions B 19 B 20 TABLE B 18 Pin Assignments for Smart Card Reader Connector J3604 Pin Signal Name 1 12 VDC 2 GND 3 GND 4 I2C_SCL 5 5 VDC 6 I2C_SDA 7 GND 8 GND 9 Int_L 10 NC Description 12VDC power Ground Ground 12C bus clock 5 VDC power 12C bus data Ground Ground No connection Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 B 12 Diskette Drive Connector 00000
179. ifications A 1 physical specifications system A 1 pin assignments USB Connector B 14 pin configuration connector J1801 B 21 connector J2001 B 6 connector J2202 B 7 B 12 connector J2901 B 25 connector J2902 B 17 connector J3001 B 13 connector J3002 B 13 connector J3201 B 14 connector J3203 B 14 connector J3604 B 19 connector J3605 B 26 connector J3608 B 5 connector J5002 B 24 connector J5301 B 15 USB Connector B 13 pin description B 2 connector J3302 B 4 connector J3601 power supply B 3 connector J3602 B 5 placement of Sun product safety precautions 5 3 pmc diagnostic output message 4 22 port diskette C 32 keyboard and mouse C 32 parallel C 33 serial C 34 POST error reporting 3 50 initializing 3 4 maximum level 3 5 Index 5 minimum level 3 5 progress reporting 3 50 power interlock circuit 5 8 power cord connection safety precautions 5 3 Power Management C 51 Power Management Subsystems C 52 power on failure 4 2 self test 3 1 power on remote enable power supply C 44 power supply connector J2903 4 8 connector J3601 B 3 pin description B 3 connector J3603 B 2 pin description B 2 control signals C 43 output values C 43 remote enable power on C 44 power supply assembly removing 6 1 replacing 6 4 power switch system 5 6 power switch assembly removing 6 5 replacing 6 6 pre POST preparation 3 2 setting up Tip connection 3 2 verifying baud rate 3 4 prob
180. ility transitions t address line transitions Cache TAGS t address up t address down nce cell disturbance ity t data reliability transitions t address line transitions s Cache MicroTags t address up t address down nce cell disturbance ity t data reliability transitions t address line transitions s Cache SnoopTags Test address up Test address down nce Test cell disturbance ity Test data reliability Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 Test Test Test Test O 00 00 lest lest rest rest est Pest A ss ss As ss mn 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 wee A A HH YH YH WH LS lest a a e o Test a o O O Test 0 Test 0 Test 0 Test 0 W Cache Init P Cache RAM diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 9 of 15 0 Test address line transitions 1 Test address line transitions 0 D Cache Init 1 D Cache Init W Cache RAM address up address down cell disturba data reliabil nce ity 1 W Cache RAM 1 Test address up 1 Test address down 1 Test cell disturbance 1 Test data reliability address up address down cell disturba data reliabil address line address up address down rest address line transitions W Cache TAGS nce ity transitions W Cache SnoopTAGS 1 Test address line transitions Test cell dis
181. ion of software that supports the UltraSPARC III Cu CPU module a OpenBoot PROM firmware v4 4 4 or later installed is on your system The firmware patch number for OpenBoot PROM v4 4 4 is 111292 05 OpenBoot PROM firmware v4 4 4 is the first version of firmware that supports the UltraSPARC II Cu CPU module If necessary upgrade your workstation s firmware and software to the versions described above before beginning the installation procedure for the UltraSPARC III Cu CPU module Note Never mix UltraSPARC III 600 750 or 90 MHz CPU modules with UltraSPARC III Cu CPU modules If the modules are mixed the workstation will not boot System Memory Organization As shown on FIGURE C 1 direct access to the system memory is controlled only by one of the two CPU modules in a multiprocessor environment Memory is accessed from UltraSPARC processor 0 through the Sun CrossBar Interconnect bus Appendix C Functional Description C 9 C 10 The main memory data bus is 576 bits wide which corresponds to an external cache block of 64 bytes The systems main memory delivers an entire block of information on external cache in a single memory bus cycle This delivery method provides up to 2 4 GBps of sustainable bandwidth The main memory is implemented with x144 DIMMs also referred to as NG DIMMs next generation dual in line memory modules The system supports up to eight installed NG DIMMs Note The memory bus is clocked at half th
182. ion power is applied POST runs automatically if both of the following conditions apply m The diag switch NVRAM parameter is set to true m The diag level is set to min or max In the event of an automatic workstation reset POST runs if the diag switch NVRAM parameter is set to true and the diag level flag is set to either max or min Note If the diag switch false POST is disabled If diag switch true and diag level max then POST runs in max mode If diag switch true and diag level min then POST runs in min mode O2 92 1 Pre POST Preparation Pre POST preparation includes a Setting up a terminal interface processor TIP connection to another workstation or terminal to view POST progress and error messages See Section 3 2 1 Setting Up a TIP Connection on page 3 2 a Verifying baud rates between a workstation and a monitor or a workstation and a terminal See Section 3 2 2 Verifying the Baud Rate on page 3 4 Setting Up a TIP Connection A TIP connection enables a remote terminal window to be used as a terminal to display workstation test data Serial port A of a tested workstation is used to establish the TIP connection between the workstation being tested and another Sun workstation monitor or TTY type terminal The TIP connection is used in a terminal window and provides features to help with the OpenBoot program To set up a TIP connection Connect serial port A of the workstation b
183. iptions for the following C 1 Section C 1 System on page C 1 Section C 2 Power Supply on page C 43 Section C 3 Motherboard on page C 44 Section C 4 Jumper Descriptions on page C 47 Section C 5 Enclosure on page C 50 Section C 6 Power Management on page C 51 System This section is organized into the following subsections Section C 1 1 Workstation Overview on page C 2 Section C 1 2 UltraSPARC III Central Processing Unit CPU on page C 4 Section C 1 3 System Memory on page C 9 Section C 1 4 I O Subsystem on page C 17 Section C 1 7 UPA on page C 27 Section C 1 8 PCI Bus on page C 27 Section C 1 9 Peripherals on page C 29 Section C 1 10 Other Peripheral Assembly Options on page C 31 Section C 1 11 Keyboard and Mouse on page C 31 Section C 1 12 Diskette Drive and Parallel Ports on page C 32 Section C 1 13 Serial Port on page C 34 Section C 1 14 Ethernet on page C 36 Section C 1 15 Audio Card and Connector on page C 37 Section C 1 16 FC AL Subsystem on page C 39 Section C 1 17 SCSI on page C 41 Section C 1 18 Superl O on page C 42 C 1 C 1 1 Workstation Overview Sun customers can purchase the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations as single or dual UltraSPARC III processor controlled desktop systems The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations use share
184. its C 39 Power Supply Output Values for the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 C 43 Power Supply Control Signal Levels C 43 Motherboard Component Functions C 46 Flash PROM Jumper Settings C 49 Power Indicator LED States C 51 xx Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Regulatory Compliance Statements Your Sun product is marked to indicate its compliance class e Federal Communications Commission FCC USA e Industry Canada Equipment Standard for Digital Equipment ICES 003 Canada e Voluntary Control Council for Interference VCCI Japan e Bureau of Standards Metrology and Inspection BSMI Taiwan Please read the appropriate section that corresponds to the marking on your Sun product before attempting to install the product FCC Class A Notice This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if it is not installed and
185. le single single single and and and and and and and double precision double precision double precision double precision double precision double precision double precision FPU Move To Registers Moving SP fp value through all fp registers Moving FPU B Testing pur V V resting resting addition subtraction multiplication division sqrt abs conversion DP fp value through all fp registers ranch Branching on fcc0 Verify branching Verify no branching Branching on fccl erify branching erify no branching Branching on fcc2 Verify branching Chapter 3 Power On Self Test diag level Variable Set to min Single CPU Continued 7 of 8 3 49 3 4 3 3 50 CODE EXAMPLE 3 4 diag level Variable Set to min Single CPU Continued 8 of 8 1 A As A as As ss ss m OS 0100 00 1000 Verify no branching Testing Branching on fcc3 Verify branching Verify no branching Ecache Functional Verify cacheline fill on read miss Verify write allocate on write miss Verify cacheline update on write hit Verify write back POST_END POST Progress and Error Reporting In most cases POST also attempts to send a failure message to the POST monitoring system The following code example identifies the typical appearance of a failure message Note The workstation does not automatically boot if a POST error occurs The workstati
186. le by using torque tool B a Remove the cover for the shroud see FIGURE 8 6 Squeeze the two tabs to release the shroud from the motherboard Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 9 Cover Shroud FIGURE 8 6 Removing the Cover for the Shroud b Alternately rotate the left and right captive screws one turn counterclockwise until the screws are free of the threaded inserts see FIGURE 8 7 8 10 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 10 Torque tool B Right captive screw Left captive screw FIGURE 8 7 Using Torque Tool B to Remove a CPU Module Caution As you remove the CPU module from the shroud handle it only by its captive screws Do not touch the connectors on the bottom edge of the module or the electrical components on the module The connectors and the components for the module are easily bent or damaged by improper handling and by electrostatic discharge see FIGURE 8 8 c Use both hands to lift the out of the shroud d Place the CPU module on an antistatic mat with the heat sink on the top facing up If necessary proceed to Section 8 2 3 Replacing an UltraSPARC III CPU Module on page 8 12 Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 11 8 2 3 Replacing an UltraSPARC III CPU Module 8 12 Caution Perform the procedures described in TABLE 8 2 when unpacking a new CPU mod
187. lling the 600 MHz UltraSPARC III CPU module verify that m Solaris 8 10 00 is installed on your system Solaris 8 10 00 is the first version of software that supports the Sun Blade 1000 UltraSPARC III 600 MHz CPU module m Software patches 109888 10 110460 09 and 108528 10 are installed on your system a OpenBoot PROM firmware v4 2 2 or later is installed on your system This is OpenBoot PROM firmware upgrade 111292 04 OpenBoot PROM firmware v4 2 2 is the first version of firmware that supports software patches 109888 10 110460 09 and 108528 10 If necessary upgrade your system s software and firmware to the versions described above System Requirements for the UltraSPARC III 750 MHz CPU Module If you are replacing or installing a 750 MHz UltraSPARC III CPU module you need to install software patches 109888 10 110460 09 108528 10 and OpenBoot PROM firmware upgrade patch 111292 04 or later The software patches and the OpenBoot PROM firmware upgrade patch can be obtained from the Sun web site at http www sun com sunsolve Note Always check the Sun web site for the latest compatible operating environment firmware and software updates for your workstation Before installing the 750 MHz UltraSPARC III CPU module verify that m Solaris 8 10 00 is installed on your system Solaris 8 10 00 is the first version of software that supports the Sun Blade 1000 UltraSPARC II 750 MHz CPU module m Sof
188. min 2 Way CPU 1 of 12 e aA C pr WA WA WA WA CP CP WA WA Fe DI DI DI DI DI DI A As A A A ss As A As A As As As ss A ss As ss ss ss As As As As As As ss ss DOGO OGO OG 560 0 0 0 0 0 OO 0 00 OO OOO OO 0 0 0 4 0 Version 28 created 2000 06 27 18 05 RN SSS SSS Ow amp N H 0 POST O Soft POR to Configure Configure BBC SCSI I ch RIO Schi CPMS CPMS CPMS CPMS CPMS CPMS ING ING ING ING ING Clearing TLBs Done Power On Reset Executing Power On SelfTest v4 1 1 06 30 2000 02 15 PM 1 0 Test CPU present 1 POST 1 Test CPU present the whole system v4 1 1 06 30 2000 02 15 PM 1 Soft POR to the whole system JT JT ip JT JT zo JT JT JT JT JT JT JT DIMM 0 DIMM 2 DIMM 4 DIMM 6 ag ag ag ag ag ag ag ag ag ag ag bing Seeprom I I I I I E I I I I I D I2C controller 0 I2C controller 1 I2C Controller Loopback Test Read JTag IDs of all ASICs 1483203b 15060045 dle203b 3e5d03b 1024c06d 1142903b 1142903b 1142903b 1142903b 1142903b 1142903b on DIMMs and CPU modules missing missing missing missing Sensor package temperature 32 oC Sensor package temperature 24 oC Temperature sensor on UPAO missing Temperature sensor on UPAl missing Smart c
189. motherboard replace the power supply Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 7 Motherboard top view Power connector 2 ag J3603 J3601 FIGURE 4 1 Power Supply Connector Jack Location 4 7 DIMM Failure The Solaris operating environment diagnostic program or POST may not always display a DIMM location U number as part of a memory error message In this situation the only available information is a physical memory address and failing byte or bit 4 8 OpenBoot PROM On Board Diagnostics The following sections describe the OpenBoot PROM on board diagnostics To execute the OpenBoot PROM on board diagnostics the system must be at the ok prompt m Section 4 8 1 Watch Clock Diagnostic on page 4 9 m Section 4 8 2 Watch Net and Watch Net All Diagnostics on page 4 9 m Section 4 8 3 Probe SCSI and Probe SCSI All Diagnostics on page 4 10 m Section 4 8 4 Test alias name device path all Diagnostic on page 4 11 m Section 4 8 5 Graphics Card on page 4 12 4 8 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 4 8 1 4 8 2 Watch Clock Diagnostic The watch clock diagnostic displays the result as a seconds counter During normal operation the seconds counter repeatedly increments from 0 to 59 Initialize the watch clock diagnostic by typing the wat ch clo
190. move the DVD ROM drive or tape drive and place it on an antistatic mat Install the filler panel if necessary Filler panel DVD ROM drive FIGURE 7 3 Removing and Replacing the DVD ROM Drive Chapter 7 Removing and Replacing Storage Devices 7 5 7 23 7 2 4 Replacing the DVD ROM Drive or Any Optional Tape Drive Component Note If you are installing a DVD ROM drive or any optional tape drive component instead of replacing it ensure that the peripheral power cable and all data cables are properly routed through the clips adjacent to the peripheral assembly Route the SCSI cable through the clip affixed on the rear wall of the peripheral assembly Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Remove the filler panel if necessary see FIGURE 7 3 Position the DVD ROM drive or tape drive into the peripheral assembly Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver replace the four screws securing the DVD ROM drive or tape drive to the peripheral assembly Replace the peripheral assembly See Section 7 2 10 Replacing the Peripheral Assembly on page 7 10 Logically Removing the Smart Card Reader You may need or want to logically remove a smart card reader from the workstation For example when a user no longer needs or wants to use a
191. move the combined cable assembly connector from J3602 on the motherboard Remove the LED from the chassis and lift the combined cable assembly up and out from chassis Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 15 To motherboard connector J3602 To interlock switch To power switchk FIGURE 6 10 Removing and Replacing the Combined Cable Assembly 6 3 10 Replacing the Combined Cable Assembly Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 1 Position the combined cable assembly in the chassis FIGURE 6 10 2 Connect the combined cable assembly as follows 6 16 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 6 3 11 a Attach the combined cable assembly connectors to the interlock switch terminators b Attach the combined cable assembly connectors to the power switch terminators c Replace the LED in the front panel LED holder d Replace the combined cable assembly connectors to the speaker assembly terminators e Connect the combined cable assembly connector to motherboard connector J3602 Replace the fan bracket See Section 6 6 2 Replacing the Fan Bracket on page 6 24 Replace the CPU shroud cover See Section 8 9 2 Replacing the CPU Shroud on page 8 41 Detach the antistati
192. n Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 8 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 6 2 Power Switch Assembly Use the following procedures to remove and replace the power switch assembly 6 2 1 Removing the Power Switch Assembly 1 Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in A Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 2 Remove the peripheral bezel assembly by pressing on top of the bezel and tilting it out from the workstation chassis 3 Using a 5 16 inch nutdriver remove the nut securing the power switch assembly to the chassis FIGURE 6 5 4 Remove the combined cable assembly connectors from the power switch assembly terminators 5 Remove the power switch assembly Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 5 Combined cable assembly connectors Power switch Py PE a ys Lock washer Be VA ee 5 16 inch nut Peripheral bezel Cable route FIGURE 6 5 Removing and Replacing the Power Switch Assembly 6 2 2 Replacing the Power Switch Assembly Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an
193. n page 8 20 Section 8 4 Graphics Card on page 8 23 Section 8 5 Audio Module Assembly on page 8 28 Section 8 6 DIMM on page 8 30 Section 8 7 Replaceable Battery on page 8 34 Section 8 8 Motherboard on page 8 35 Section 8 9 CPU Shroud on page 8 40 8 1 8 1 UltraSPARC HI CPU Module 8 1 1 About UltraSPARC III CPU Modules There are now two types of UltraSPARC II CPU modules used in the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations m The Sun Blade 1000 uses UltraSPARC III 600 750 or 900 MHz CPU modules m The Sun Blade 2000 uses UltraSPARC III Cu CPU modules Note UltraSPARC III Cu CPU modules are labeled USII Cu see FIGURE 8 1 UltraSPARC III Cu CPU module label USHI Cu A UltraSPARC III Cu CPU Module FIGURE 8 1 UltraSPARC III Cu CPU Module and Label 8 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 8 1 2 8 1 3 Configuration Rules The following configuration rules apply to both UltraSPARC III CPU modules and UltraSPARC II Cu CPU modules used in the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations m You can install one or two UltraSPARC III CPU module s into the workstation motherboard a Always insert the first CPU module into CPU processor slot 0 connectors JO501 and J0601 m If a second CPU module is to be installed install the second CPU module into CPU processor slot 1 c
194. nce 1 1 P Cache Init FPU Registers 1 Test walking 1 0 FPU registers st register a Ecache RAM 1 Test address AAA A do 1 Test cell distu 1 Ecache Init 1 Test address pur ddressing FSR register st register addressing FSR Test walking Ecache RAM est address wn 1 FSR register up Test address down rbance 7 cell disturbance Pest Ecache Init E diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU 9 of 12 Correctable Ecache ECC Test 1 Correctable Ecache ECC Test Uncorrectable Ecache ECC Test 1 Uncorrectable Ecache ECC Test Correctable SW Ecache ECC Test 1 Correctable SW Ecache ECC Test Uncorrectable SW Ecache ECC Test 1 Uncorrectable SW Ecache ECC Test Correctable System ECC Test 1 Correctable System ECC Test Uncorrectable System ECC Test 1 Uncorrectable System ECC Test Memory address selection All Banks 1 Memory address selection All Banks Safari regist Safari ID reg f Map PCI A spa 1 els PBM A registers 1 1 ers c000000 0011a953 ce Map PCI B space st Schizo reg test PBM B registers rs Iommu B registers Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 39 3 40 CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU 10
195. nd Second Group Second Group Second Group First Group Group 512 Mbyte 1 Gbyte 4 Gbyte 512 Mbyte 512 Mbyte 1 GB 1 5 GB 4 5 GB 2 banks 4 banks 2banks 2 banks 1 GB 1GB 1 5 GB 4 GB 5 GB 2 banks 2 banks 4 banks 2 banks 4 GB 4 GB 4 GB 5 GB 8 GB 2 banks 2 banks 2 banks 4 banks Memory Modules The workstation motherboard provides eight slots for high capacity dual in line memory modules DIMMs These DIMMs are divided into two groups of four DIMMs each that may be subdivided again into four logical banks For the DIMM bank organization and numbering scheme see TABLE C 3 The workstation supports Sun standard 200 pin 3 3 volt 60 nanosecond memory modules Modules of 128 256 512 or 1024 Mbyte capacity can be installed in the system Total main memory capacity is expandable up to 8 Gbytes Caution Memory modules are delicate Ensure that you take appropriate precautions to avoid damaging them through electrostatic discharge The memory modules must be replaced or installed by a qualified service provider For information about removing and installing DIMMs see Section 8 6 DIMM on page 8 30 Memory Module Configuration Rules The following memory module configuration rules apply to your workstation a At least one memory group consisting of 4 slots slots JO101 J0203 J0305 and J0407 or slots JO100 JO202 J0304 and J0406 must be filled for the system to boot a All DIMMs in a group must be of the same typ
196. nents 8 31 1 bank 1 O 0 bank 0 NIN EEE lt bankT I l 0 bank 0 Lg y 1 banki 10 bank 0 O diidak OO O FIGURE 8 19 Removing and Replacing a DIMM 8 6 2 Replacing a DIMM Caution Do not remove any DIMM from the antistatic container until you are ready to install it on the motherboard Handle DIMMs only by their edges Do not touch DIMM components or metal parts 8 32 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Note For optimum memory performance consider interleaving issues when installing DIMMs See Section C 1 3 5 System Memory Interleaving on page C 14 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Before installing a DIMM review the following guidelines a DIMMs are arranged in two banks 0 and 1 Each bank has four connectors labeled 0 or 1
197. net Glossary 3 TOD TTL UltraSPARC III UltraSPARC III Cu Glossary 4 UPA UTP VCC VIS VRMS 10BASE T 100BASE T Time of day A timekeeping integrated circuit Transistor transistor logic The high performance central processing unit used in the Sun Blade 1000 workstation This aluminum module uses SPARC V9 64 bit reduced instruction set computer RISC architecture The high performance central processing unit used in the Sun Blade 2000 workstation This copper module uses SPARC V9 64 bit reduced instruction set computer RISC architecture UltraSPARC port architecture Provides graphics interconnection Unshielded twisted pair Voltage at the common collector positive electrical connection Visual instruction set Volts root mean square An evolution of Ethernet technology that succeeded 10BASE5 and 10BASE2 as the most popular method of physical network implementation A 10BASE T network has a data transfer rate of 10 megabits per second and uses unshielded twisted pair wiring with RJ 45 modular telephone plugs and sockets Also known as Fast Ethernet an Ethernet technology that supports a data transfer rate of 100 megabits per second over special grades of twisted pair wiring 100BASE T uses the same protocol as 10BASE T There are three subsets of the 100BASE T technology 100BASE TX defines digital transmission over two pairs of shielded twisted pair wire 100BASE T4 defines digital transmission over fou
198. nization xxxvi drive diskette C 30 DVD ROM drive removing and replacing 7 5 DVD ROM drive or tape drive replacing 7 6 Index 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 E EBus DMA TCR registers output message 4 18 EIA levels serial port C 35 electrical characteristics parallel port C 33 electrical specifications A 2 electrostatic discharge safety precautions 5 4 enclosure basics C 50 features C 50 environmental requirements A 3 error reporting POST 3 50 Ethernet C 36 external cables C 37 Ethernet diagnostic output message 4 18 external cables parallel port C 33 external UTP 5 cable lengths B 16 F failure CD ROM drive 4 5 DIMM 4 8 disk drive 4 5 power on 4 2 video output 4 3 fan assembly removing 6 21 replacing 6 22 fan bracket removing 6 23 replacing 6 24 FC AL connector B 17 connector configuration B 17 FC AL backplane assembly removing 6 27 FC AL Disk Controller C 28 features audio card C 37 enclosure C 50 filler panel removing 6 31 replacing 6 32 firewire diagnostic output message 4 19 flash PROM jumper settings C 49 jumpers C 48 flash PROM diagnostic output message 4 19 floppy diagnostic output message 4 19 functional description C 1 functional block diagram audio card C 38 diskette port C 32 keyboard and mouse C 32 parallel port C 32 system C 3 UltraSPARC II C 5 functional description system C 1 functions
199. nnector J0801 CPU connector J1801 Diskette drive data connector J2001 Serial ports A B rear panel connector J2103 Jumper PROM R W See Section C 4 Jumper Descriptions on page C 47 J2104 Jumper PROM Select See Section C 4 Jumper Descriptions on page C 47 J2202 SCSI Parallel rear panel connector J2301 66 MHz PCI 1 connector J2401 33 MHz PCI 2 connector J2501 33 MHz PCI 3 connector J2601 33 MHz PCI 4 connector J2901 FC AL internal connector J2902 FC AL rear panel connector J3001 USB rear panel connector J3002 USB rear panel connector J3201 IEEE 1394 rear panel connector J3203 IEEE 1394 rear panel connector J3302 Lower fan power connector J3303 Upper fan power connector Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE C 10 Motherboard Component Functions Continued Designation Function J3501 Server RSC connector J3601 Power supply connector J3602 Combined cable connector J3603 Power supply connector J3604 Smart card reader connector J3605 Go glow connector J3608 Peripheral power cable connector J4301 Audio card connector J4401 UPA board connector J4501 UPA board connector J5002 SCSI connector J5301 Ethernet rear panel connector C 4 Jumper Descriptions Jumper configurations can be changed from the default settings by setting jumper switches on the motherboard A jumper switch is closed sometimes referred to as shorted with the plastic cap inserted over two pins of the j
200. ns For your protection observe the following safety precautions when setting up your equipment m Follow all cautions and instructions marked on the equipment m Ensure that the voltage and frequency of your power source match the voltage and frequency inscribed on the equipment s electrical rating label m Never push objects of any kind through openings in the equipment Dangerous voltages may be present Conductive foreign objects could produce a short circuit that could cause fire electric shock or damage to your equipment Symbols The following symbols may appear in this book i Caution There is a risk of personal injury and equipment damage Follow the instructions Caution Hot surface Avoid contact Surfaces are hot and may cause personal injury if touched i Caution Hazardous voltages are present To reduce the risk of electric shock and danger to personal health follow the instructions Modifications to Equipment Do not make mechanical or electrical modifications to the equipment Sun Microsystems is not responsible for regulatory compliance of a modified Sun product Placement of a Sun Product Caution Do not block or cover the openings of your Sun product Never place a Sun product near a radiator or heat register Failure to follow these guidelines can cause overheating and affect the reliability of your Sun product level defined in DIN 45 635 Part 1000 must be 70Db
201. ocessing capability high performance memory interconnections high bandwidth input outputs and accelerated graphics 1 2 TABLE 1 1 is a product overview and summary of the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 standard features and options TABLE 1 1 Processors Processor cache Memory Audio interface Expansion bus Firewire Graphics Network Sun Blade 1000 1 or 2 UltraSPARC III central processing units CPUs 4 MB external cache for 600 MHZ processors 8 MB external cache for 750 land 900 MHz processors 512 MB SDRAM Min BGB SDRAM Max 60 ns IECC error correction 8 DIMM slots 1 line in 1 line out microphone in l speaker out 4 Peripheral Component Interconnect PCI slots B 64 bit 33 MHz 1 64bit 64 MHz 2 IEEE 1394 serial port connectors 2 UPAGAS slots providing graphics support for the Sun Creator 3D Series 3 Sun Expert3D Sun Elite 3D m3 Sun Elite 3D m6 and Sun XV 500 graphics cards Ethernet Fast Ethernet 110 100 Base T Twisted Pair Ethernet TPE connector FC AL Parallel port SCSI Fiber Channel Arbitrated Loop FC AL copper connector for mass storage 1 DB25 parallel port connector Ultra wide SCSI connector Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Product Features and Options Sun Blade 2000 1 or 2 UltraSPARC HI Cu central processing units CPUs 8 MB external cache for 1
202. ock switch assembly is free from the housing 4 Remove the combined cable assembly connectors from the interlock switch terminators 5 Remove the interlock switch assembly Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 19 6 4 2 Combined cable assembly connectors Detent tab 2 FIGURE 6 12 Removing and Replacing the Interlock Switch Assembly Replacing the Interlock Switch Assembly Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Connect the combined cable assembly connectors to the interlock switch terminators FIGURE 6 12 Press the detent tabs at either side of the interlock switch assembly while positioning the switch into the chassis Continue to press the detent tabs and pull the interlock switch assembly until the switch is properly seated Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 6 20 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 6 5 Fan Assemblies Use the following procedures to remove and replace the upper or lower fan assemblies 6 5 1 Removing a Fan Assembly 1 Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5
203. oe eee ake eee passed Hit any key to return to the main menu Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 21 4 9 14 4 9 15 4 9 16 pmc 1 300700 Output Message The following code example shows the pmc 1 300700 output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 21 pmc 1 300700 Output Message obdiag gt test 13 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 pmc 1 300700 Batt die Aba IS o E de passed Hit any key to return to the main menu rtc 1 300070 Output Message The following code example shows the rtc 1 300070 output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 22 rtc 1 300070 Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 14 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 rtc l1 300070 a r Ne RME Ne mt Nr passed Hit any key to return to the main menu scsi 6 Output Message The following code example shows the scsi 6 output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 23 scsi 6 Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 15 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 scsi 6 4 22 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 4 9 17 4 9 18 4 9 19 scsi 6 1 Output Message The following code example shows the scsi 6 1 output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 24 scsi 6 Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 16 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 scsi 6 1 Hit any key to return to the main menu Serial Output Message The followin
204. of the sheet metal cable guides c Disconnect the SCSI cable assembly from the motherboard connector J5002 d Remove the SCSI cable assembly from the chassis Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 9 6 3 4 SCSI cable assembly Chassis cutout 1 D Cable route FIGURE 6 7 Removing and Replacing the SCSI Cable Assembly Replacing the SCSI Cable Assembly Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Connect the SCSI cable assembly as follows FIGURE 6 7 a Pass the SCSI cable assembly through the chassis cutout Route the SCSI cable assembly through the sheet metal cable guides b Connect the SCSI cable assembly to connector J5002 on the motherboard c Connect the SCSI cable assembly connector to the Tape or DVD ROM drive Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 6 10 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 6 3 5 AN Removing the Diskette Drive Cable Assembly 1 Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist s
205. on halts at the ok prompt to alert the user to a failure CODE EXAMPLE 3 5 POST Error Message OQ 0110 1040 OO 04140 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sun Blade 1000 and S ERROR TEST Memory marching Initial area TESTID 68 H W under test MAIN MEMORY Fault address 00000000 00000090 Fault status 00000002 0000004f CE Correctable system data ECC error CPU data bit 6 Memory data bit 146 DIMM connector J0406 Connector pin 124 CPMS Slice 1 un Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CHAPTER 4 Troubleshooting Procedures This chapter describes how to troubleshoot possible hardware problems and suggests corrective actions This chapter contains the following topics Section 4 1 Power On Failure on page 4 2 Section 4 2 System LEDs on page 4 2 Section 4 3 Video Output Failure on page 4 3 Section 4 4 Frame Buffer Power Management on page 4 3 Section 4 5 Hard Drive or DVD ROM Drive Failures on page 4 5 Section 4 6 Power Supply Troubleshooting on page 4 6 Section 4 7 DIMM Failure on page 4 8 Section 4 8 OpenBoot PROM On Board Diagnostics on page 4 8 Section 4 9 OpenBoot Diagnostics on page 4 13 4 1 4 1 4 2 Power On Failure Symptom The Power Indicator LED does not light and and the workstation does not power on when you press the power switch see Section TABLE 4 1 Po
206. on mode when this occurs the power indicator LED will not blink LED on Full power is on in one or more of the internal subsystems and system self test has completed successfully Note Energy Star power management for Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations can be disabled by using the Dtpower dt desktop GUI See Section 9 4 Disabling Power Management on page 9 7 Appendix C Functional Description C 51 C 6 1 C 6 1 1 C 6 1 2 C 6 1 3 Subsystems Power Management Power management of each subsystem is controlled by the Power Management software and is configured through a graphical user interface GUI The idle time before a subsystem is power managed can be adjusted by the user Subsystems may also be left at full power infinite idle time or forced into low power mode zero idle time The following are brief descriptions of the subsystems power management behavior Refer to the following sections for more details on each subsystem UltraSPARC III Processor s Main Memory and Sun CrossBar Interconnect This subsystem corresponds to the core of the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstation and represents most of the workstation power budget Power is saved in this subsystem by lowering the system clock frequency The Power Management software manages the frequency shifts by monitoring idle and active time as reported by the Solaris operating environment When idle time determined b
207. on the power to your workstation Keep the keys pressed for a few seconds until the keyboard LEDs flash 10 1 TABLE 10 1 OpenBoot Emergency Procedure Commands Non USB Keyboards Command Description Stop Bypass POST This command does not depend on security mode Note Some systems bypass POST as a default in such cases use Stop D to start POST Stop A Abort Stop D Enter the diagnostic mode set diag switch to true Stop F Enter Forth on TTYA instead of probing Use fexit to continue with the initialization sequence This command is useful if your hardware is broken Stop N Reset NVRAM contents to default values 10 2 10 2 1 10 2 2 OpenBoot Emergency Procedures for Workstations With USB Keyboards The following paragraphs describe how to perform the functions of the Stop commands on workstations that have USB keyboards Stop A Functionality Stop A Abort works the same as it does on workstations with standard keyboards except that it does not work during the first few seconds after the machine is reset Stop N Functionality Turn on the power to your workstation Wait until the front panel power button LED begins to blink and you hear an audible beep 10 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 2 Quickly press the front panel power button twice similar to the way you would double click a mouse A screen similar to the following is displayed to indicate that yo
208. onal Description C 35 C 1 13 5 C 1 13 6 C 1 14 Asynchronous Rates The serial asynchronous ports support twenty baud rates that are all exact divisors of the crystal frequency with the exception of 110 which is off by less than 1 percent Baud rates include 50 75 110 200 300 600 1200 1800 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 76800 115200 153600 230400 307200 and 460800 Slew Rate and Cable Length The maximum RS 423 cable length is 118 feet 30 meters and the maximum RS 232 cable length is 50 feet 15 24 meters The slew rate changes depending on the speed For speeds less than 100 Kbaud the slew rate is set at 5 VDC per microsecond For rates greater than 100 Kbaud the slew rate is increased to 10 VDC per microsecond This allows maximum performance for the greater baud rates and better signal quality at the lesser baud rates Ethernet The workstation supports 10 Mbps 10BASE T twisted pair Ethernet and 100 Mbps 100BASE T Twisted pair Ethernet is provided through an 8 pin RJ45 connector The Ethernet circuitry design is based on a Lucent PHY The PHY chip integrates a 100BASE T physical coding sub layer PCS and a complete 10BASE T module in a single chip The 100BASE X portion of the PHY IC consists of the following functional blocks m Transmitter m Receiver m Clock generation module m Clock recovery module The 10BASE T section of the PHY IC consists of the 10 Mbps transceiver module with fil
209. onents Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Remove the fan bracket See Section 6 6 1 Removing the Fan Bracket on page 6 23 Remove the hard drive s See Section 7 1 1 Removing a Hard Drive on page 7 2 Remove the torque tool from the slot in the FC AL backplane assembly Disconnect the power connector from the FC AL backplane assembly Disconnect the FC AL cable assembly from the FC AL backplane assembly Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver proceed as follows FIGURE 6 16 a Loosen the two captive screws located on the left side of the FC AL backplane assembly b Remove the two screws from the chassis bottom that secure the FC AL backplane assembly to the chassis Disconnect the FC AL backplane assembly from the chassis cutouts and lift it from the chassis Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 27 6 8 2 FC AL backplane Captive screw 2 assembly ro ES Screws 2 N y FIGURE 6 16 Removing and Replacing the FC AL Backplane Assembly Replacing the FC AL Backplane Assembly Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Position the FC AL backplane assembly in the chassis an
210. onnect bus A high performance 32 or 64 bit wide bus with multiplexed address and data lines PCI to EBus Ethernet controller An ASIC that bridges the PCI bus to the EBus enabling communication between the PCI bus and all miscellaneous I O functions as well as the connection to slower on board functions Removable media assembly Can include a smart card reader CD ROM drive DVD ROM drive 4 mm tape drive a diskette drive and any other 3 5 inch device Process ID Power on reset Power on self test A series of tests that verify that system board components are operating properly Initialized at workstation power on or when the workstation is rebooted Programmable Read Only Memory A type of read only memory ROM that allows data to be written into the device with hardware device called a PROM programmer After the PROM has been programmed it is dedicated to that data and cannot be reprogrammed Small computer system interface Static random access memory Shielded twisted pair A high speed wide data path super computing architecture that allows independent and simultaneous connections between major system components A diagnostic application designed to test hardware The action of forcing certain points in the execution sequences of two or more asynchronous processes to coincide in time A connection that enables a remote terminal window to be used as a terminal to display test data from a system Twisted pair Ether
211. onnectors 8 13 Lowering the CPU Module Into the Threaded Inserts 8 14 Alternately Rotating Left and Right Captive Screws One Turn Clockwise 8 15 Adjusting Captive Screws Until the Torque Tool Gap Is 0 0 Inches 0 0 MM 8 16 Installing the Cover for the Shroud 8 17 Alternately Rotating Left and Right Captive Screws One Turn Clockwise 8 18 Torque Tool A Clicks When the Captive Screws Are Correctly Torqued 8 19 Removing and Replacing a PCI Card 8 21 Graphics EPCI and PCI Card Slots 8 24 xvi Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 n n n n mn mn n n n mn mn n mn n mn mn n mn n mn n nm n n n n n nm n n GURE 8 17 GURE 8 18 GURE 8 19 GURE 8 20 GURE 8 21 GURE 9 1 GURE 9 2 GURE 9 3 GURE 9 4 GURE B 1 GURE B 2 GURE B 3 GURE B 4 GURE B 5 GURE B 6 GURE B 7 GURE B 8 GURE B 9 GURE B 10 GURE B 11 GURE B 12 GURE B 13 GURE B 14 GURE B 15 GURE B 16 GURE B 17 GURE B 18 GURE B 19 GURE B 20 GURE C 1 Removing and Replacing a Graphics Card 8 26 Removing and Replacing the Audio Module Assembly 8 29 Removing and Replacing a DIMM 8 32 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard 8 37 Removing and Replacing the CPU Shroud 8 41 Replacing the Access Panel 9 2 Lock Block Location 9 3 Workstation Power Switch 9 5 Sun USB Type 6 Keyboard Power Key and Power Off Selection Di
212. onnectors J0701 and J0801 a If you wish to install more than one UltraSPARC III 600 750 or 900 MHz CPU module into a Sun Blade 1000 workstation you can The speed of the modules does not need to be identical a If you wish to install more than one UltraSPARC III Cu CPU module into a Sun Blade 2000 workstation you can However the speed of the modules must be identical Note Never mix an UltraSPARC III 600 750 or 900 MHz CPU module with an UltraSPARC II Cu CPU module If the two types of modules are mixed the workstation will not boot CPU Module Slot Positions in the Workstation Caution CPU slot positions 0 and 1 are shown in FIGURE 8 2 CPU processor slot 0 is the required position for all workstations that contain only one CPU The CPU modules are enclosed in a cooling shroud and secured to the shroud with captive screws that must be torqued to specific values Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 3 Torque tool A Torque tool B CPU processor slot 0 Captive screw 2 FIGURE 8 2 Location of CPU Processor Slots 0 and 1 Captive Screws and Torque Tools 0 2 Removing a Torque Tool There are two types of torque tools used to install an UltraSPARC III or and UltraSPARC IM Cu CPU module into a Sun Blade 1000 or Sun Blade 2000 workstation Your workstation could have either torque tool A or torque tool B installed The torque tools are located in different lo
213. oper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Lay the workstation on its side Locate the battery on the motherboard See FIGURE C 15 Remove the cover for the CPU shroud See Section 8 9 1 Removing the CPU Shroud on page 8 40 Remove the graphics card See Section 8 4 3 Removing the Graphics Card on page 8 25 Carefully lift the battery retaining clip with a small screwdriver Carefully slide the battery out of its socket and remove it from the workstation Replacing the Battery Note Install the new battery with the plus side up 1 Hold the battery retaining clip up and slide the battery into its socket 8 34 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Install the graphics card See Section 8 4 4 Replacing the Graphics Card on page 8 26 Install the CPU shroud cover See Section 8 9 2 Replacing the CPU Shroud on page 8 41 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 Reset the time of day and date If necessary at the system prompt type date u mmddHHMM cc yy SS 8 8 Motherboard Perform the following procedures to remove and replace the motherboard If necessary view the ShowMe How video clip locat
214. page 9 1 Section 9 2 Powering On the Workstation on page 9 4 Section 9 3 Enabling Power Management on page 9 5 a a a m Section 9 4 Disabling Power Management on page 9 7 9 1 Replacing the Access Panel Perform the following procedure to replace the access panel for the workstation remain activated and the workstation will not power on Ensure that the access f Caution If the access panel is installed incorrectly the power interlock circuit will panel is installed correctly 1 Remove the antistatic strap 2 Hold the access panel centering it over the chassis opening FIGURE 9 1 3 Position the access panel lightly onto the chassis until the access panel hooks engage the chassis rail 4 Press the top edge of the access panel until it clicks into place 5 Be sure that the access panel clicks into both sides of the chassis top 6 Replace the lock block if necessary FIGURE 9 2 9 1 7 Reconnect all external peripherals 8 Reconnect power cords on all external peripherals 9 Connect the power cord to the wall socket and to the workstation Access panel FIGURE 9 1 Replacing the Access Panel 9 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Lock block o SO AOAC a QO08 02020808 IRIS OXOKOX
215. r and fatal error conditions The reset controller also includes registers that a processor uses to generate an external reset to itself or another processor JTAG Controller BBC is the host for the JTAG controller that includes a programmable master tap controller This allows processors to access the JTAG scan rings in the system by simply executing programmed I O operations to the BBC master tap controller registers The processor s can access the internal scan chain of all the ASICs and perform different levels of testing boundary scan internal scan for ATPG RAM tests and BIST if available The JTAG controller allows for an external JTAG master to be connected to the motherboard for controlling all scan rings including the processor s scan ring s and the BBC internal scan ring I2C Buses The BBC supports five master 12C buses and a single multi master I2C bus Small 12C serial EEPROMs make it possible to identify pluggable modules that cannot be identified easily through their regular data path The DIMMs include an LC serial EEPROM that contains information relative to the size and the speed of the DRAM The CPU modules include an 12C EEPROM which indicates the size of the second level cache and the speed of the processor Appendix C Functional Description C 25 C 26 Sensors on the CPU modules provide temperature data that is read through an analog to digital converter with an I2C interface The motherboard contains
216. r cable assembly 6 8 power supply assembly 6 4 power switch assembly 6 6 speaker assembly 6 26 replacing DVD ROM drive or tape drive 7 6 required tools 5 5 requirements environmental A 3 safety 5 2 rtc output message diagnostic 4 22 Rules Configuration C 6 S safety requirements 5 2 symbols 5 2 safety precautions electrostatic discharge 5 4 lithium battery 5 4 modification to equipment 5 3 placement of Sun product 5 3 power cord connection 5 3 SCSI C 41 external cables C 42 supported target devices C 42 SCSI host adapter C 41 selected jumper settings C 47 serial port C 34 A and B connector pin assignments B 6 asynchronous rates C 36 components C 34 EIA levels C 35 functions C 35 slew rate C 36 synchronous rates C 35 setting up a Tip connection 3 2 shell prompts xxxviii signal descriptions B 1 smart card reader removing and replacing 7 8 Smart Card Reader Connector B 19 speaker assembly removing 6 25 replacing 6 26 specifications electrical A 2 physical A 1 product A 1 storage devices removing and replacing 7 1 Subsystems Power Management C 52 Sun Expert 3D and Expert 3D Lite Graphics Cards C 29 SunVTS description 2 1 operation 2 2 overview 2 1 references 2 2 requirements 2 2 Superl O C 42 diskette drive interface C 30 supported target devices SCSI C 42 sychronous rates serial port C 35 symbols safety 5 2 system functional block diagram C 3 f
217. r each level Tick Tick Compare Reg pt occurs at the right PIL Walk 1 0 TICK Compare register Compare Reg Verify TICK register is counting Compare register Verify TICK register Overflow gister is counting Verify TICK Interrupt gister Overflow terrupt Stick S Walk 1 0 ST k Compare Re Verify STIC Compare reg Verify STIC egister isc Verify STIC tick Compare Reg ICK Compare register g K register is counting ister K register Overflow ounting K Interrupt Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 aA OO ao O o gt Verify S1 Verify S1 AFT pin is high 1 diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 3 of 15 TICK register Overflow TICK Interrupt Measure CPU Clock Measure CPU Clock Setup Memory Controller IMMU Registers a pur Sy a pur pur pur Testing I TSB Test walking 1 Test walking 0 Testing I TLB Test walking 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Test walking 0 Test walking 1 Test walking 1 Testing D TSB Test walking 1 Testing D TLB Test walking 1 Testing Virtua Test walking 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 uI res thr res CRE res ag res thr res thr es 0 DMMU Registers D
218. r pairs of unshielded twisted pair wire 100BASE TX defines digital transmission over fiber optic cable Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Index A A and B connector pin assignments serial port B 6 Access panel replacing 9 1 asynchronous rates serial port C 36 audio card connector C 39 features C 37 functional block diagram C 38 audio connector B 17 configuration B 17 line assignments B 17 audio module assembly removing 8 28 replacing 8 29 Automatic Negotiation C 37 B baud rate verifying 3 4 BootBus Controller BBC ASIC C 24 bus PCI C 27 C 28 C cable assembly combined removing 6 15 cable type connectivity TPE B 16 cables external Ethernet C 37 SCSI C 42 card PCI C 27 C 28 CD ROM drive failure 4 5 chassis foot removing 6 29 replacing 6 30 components serial port C 34 Configuration Memory C 12 Configuration Rules C 6 Configuration Rules Memory Module C 13 connector audio B 17 audio card C 39 configuration audio B 17 configuration FC AL B 17 FC AL B 17 graphics card B 18 parallel port B 12 pin assignments graphics card B 18 IEEE 1394 B 14 parallel port B 12 TPE B 15 TPE B 15 Ultra SCSI B 7 connector J1801 pin configuration B 21 Index 1 connector J2001 pin configuration B 6 connector J2202 pin configuration B 7 B 12 connector J2901 pin configuration B 25 connector J2902 pin configuration B 17 connector J3001
219. racteristics Drivers operate at nominal 5 VDC TTL levels The maximum open circuit voltage is 5 5 VDC and the minimum is 0 5 VDC A logic high level signal is at least 2 4 VDC at a source current of 0 32 mA and a logic low level signal is no more than 0 4 VDC at a sink current of 14 mA Receivers also operate at nominal 5 VDC TTL levels and can withstand peak voltage transients between 2 VDC and 7 VDC without damage or improper operation The high level threshold is less than or equal to 2 0 VDC and the low level threshold is at least 0 8 VDC Sink current is less than or equal to 0 32 mA at 2 0 VDC and source current is less than or equal to 12 mA at 0 8 VDC Appendix C Functional Description C 33 CEIS C 1 13 1 Serial Port The workstation incorporates two serial ports Each serial port is synchronous and asynchronous with full modem controls All serial port functions are controlled by a serial port controller that is electrically connected to the system through the EBus Line drivers and line receivers control the serial port signal levels and provide RS 232 and RS 423 compatibility Each serial port interfaces through its own DB 25 connector The major features of each serial port include Two fully functional synchronous and asynchronous serial ports DB 25 connectors Increased baud rate to 384 Kbaud synchronous 460 8 Kbaud asynchronous Variable edge rate for greater performance EBus interface The following figure s
220. rating environment address should be a numeral between 0 and 7 This numeral should describe the slice or partition on the drive Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 5 4 5 2 DVD ROM Command Errors Symptom The DVD ROM drive fails to respond to commands Action Test the drive response to the probe scsi command as follows Note To bypass POST type setenv diag switch false at the ok prompt if necessary see Section 3 3 Setting Up POST to Run in an OpenBoot PROM Environment on page 3 4 At the system ok prompt type ok reset all ok probe scsi all If the DVD ROM drive responds correctly to probe scsi all the message identified in CODE EXAMPLE 4 5 is displayed the system SCSI controller has successfully probed the device This is an indication that the motherboard is operating correctly If the drive does not respond to the SCSI controller probe replace the unresponsive drive Power Supply Troubleshooting Caution This procedure must be performed by a qualified Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 service trained maintenance provider Persons who remove any of the outer panels to access the internal workstation hardware must observe all safety precautions and comply with skill level requirements certification and all applicable local and national laws Caution During the power supply voltage measurement checks an operational load must be connected to the power supply Ensure that th
221. rd Reader 7 8 7 2 8 Removing the Diskette Drive 7 9 7 2 9 Replacing the Diskette Drive 7 10 7 2 10 Replacing the Peripheral Assembly 7 10 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 1 8 1 UltraSPARC III CPU Module 8 2 Contents vii 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 7 8 8 8 9 8 1 1 About UltraSPARC III CPU Modules 8 2 8 1 2 Configuration Rules 8 3 8 13 CPU Module Slot Positions in the Workstation 8 3 Removing a Torque Tool 8 4 8 2 1 Firmware and Software Requirements for Installing UltraSPARC IT or UltraSPARC III Cu CPU Modules 8 6 8 22 Removing a CPU Module 8 6 8 2 3 Replacing an UltraSPARC II CPU Module 8 12 PCI Card 8 20 8 3 1 Removing a PCI Card 8 20 8 3 2 Replacing a PCI Card 8 22 Graphics Card 8 23 8 41 Graphics and PCI Card Options 8 23 8 42 Sun Expert3D and Expert Lite Graphics Cards 8 24 8 43 Removing the Graphics Card 8 25 844 Replacing the Graphics Card 8 26 Audio Module Assembly 8 28 8 5 1 Removing the Audio Module Assembly 8 28 8 5 2 Replacing the Audio Module Assembly 8 29 DIMM 8 30 8 6 1 Removing a DIMM 8 30 8 6 2 Replacing a DIMM 8 32 Replaceable Battery 8 34 8 7 1 Removing the Battery 8 34 8 72 Replacing the Battery 8 34 Motherboard 8 35 8 8 1 Removing the Motherboard 8 36 8 82 Replacing the Motherboard 8 38 CPU Shroud 8 40 viii Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 10 8 9 1 Removing the CPU Shroud 8 40 8 9 2 Replacing
222. re 5 2 Output Message The following code example shows the firewire output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 13 Firewire Output Message obdiag gt test 05 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 firewire 5 2 o o Ll did ao eae thers fakes passed Hit any key to return to the main menu flashprom 0 0 Output Message The following code example shows the flashprom output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 14 Flashprom 0 0 Output Message obdiag gt test 06 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 flashprom 0 0 Fe TANT hte a doe Woe Ne eg Wee eae passed Hit any key to return to the main menu Floppy Output Message The floppy diagnostic verifies the diskette drive controller initialization It also validates the status of a selected disk drive and reads the diskette drive header The following code example shows the floppy output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 15 Floppy Diagnostic Output Message obdiag gt test 07 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000 ebus 5 floppy 1 3023f0 Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 19 CODE EXAMPLE 4 15 Floppy Diagnostic Output Message Continued E er ere A passed Hit any key to return to the main menu 4 9 9 gpio 1 300600 Output Message The following code example shows the gpio output message CODE EXAMPLE 4 16 gpio Output Message obdiag gt test 08 Hit the spacebar to interrupt testing Testing pci 8 700000
223. rently than the power key on Type 5 or Type 6 keyboards On a USB keyboard you can SUSPEND SHUTDOWN the workstation using the sleep key but you cannot power on the workstation a If you are using a USB keyboard that is not from Sun the functionality that you get with a left side keypad is unavailable Note The keys for the left side keyboard are not present on the USB keyboard a Multiple keyboards are not supported The keyboards enumerate and are usable but are not plumbed as a console keyboard m The first keyboard that gets probed at boot time becomes the console keyboard This can potentially cause confusion to users if there are multiple keyboards plugged in at boot time D 1 D 1 2 Ona workstation with multiple USB keyboards if you unplug the console keyboard the next available USB keyboard does not become the console keyboard The next hot plugged keyboard will become the console keyboard USB Mouse The following USB mouse information is provided for your Type 6 USB mouse Multiple mice are not supported The mice enumerate and are usable but are not plumbed as console mouse m The first mouse probed at boot time becomes console mouse This can potentially cause confusion to customers if there are multiple mouse plugged in at boot time a If you have a 3rd party composite keyboard with PS 2 mouse and it is the first one to be probed it will become the console mouse even if the PS 2 mouse is not plugge
224. ress line transitions I Cache Snoop Tags address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions I Cache Init diag level Variable Set to max single CPU 4 of 9 Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 25 CODE EXAMPLE 3 2 Test rest Test Test Test rest est fest Test lest Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test rest Test Test rest A A A A ss As A A As As ss As As A As A ss A A As As As As As A As As As A ss ss As A As As ss As ss ss ss 0 0 0 0 0 0070 OOO OO 10 000 100 6070 0 0 010 0000 0 O 010 010010 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 3 26 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 D Cache TAGS D Cache RAM address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions D Cache MicroTags address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions D Cache SnoopTags address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions D Cache Init W Cache RAM address up address down cell disturbance data reliability address line transitions W
225. rews securing the CPU shroud to the motherboard 7 Lift the CPU shroud from the motherboard FIGURE 8 21 Cover for the CPU shroud Captive screws 6 CPU shroud Motherboard FIGURE 8 21 Removing and Replacing the CPU Shroud 8 9 2 Replacing the CPU Shroud an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in n Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 1 Position and properly align the CPU shroud on the motherboard FIGURE 8 21 2 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver tighten the six captive screws securing the CPU shroud to the motherboard Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 41 3 Replace the CPU module s See Section 8 2 3 Replacing an UltraSPARC III CPU Module on page 8 12 4 Replace the CPU shroud cover FIGURE 8 21 5 Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 8 42 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CHAPTER 9 Finishing Replacement Procedures This chapter describes the tasks you must do after you finish removing and replacing internal workstation components The chapter also explains how to externally control standby operation This chapter covers the following topics Section 9 1 Replacing the Access Panel on
226. rite through on write hit write through fetch on read miss set associativity e Functional buffering coalescing e Functional unctional ngle and double precision ngle and double precision ngle and double precision ngle and double precision ngle and double precision ngle and double precision ngle and double precision ove To Registers ranch Branching on fcc0 branching no branching Branching on fccl branching no branching brancing on fcc2 branching Verify cacheline fill on write miss addition subtraction multiplication division sqrt abs conversion Moving SP fp value through all fp registers DP fp value through all fp registers 3 20 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 diag leve m mnm nananana ns 2 2 0 05 O S 0 0 0 60 Verify no branching Testing Branching on Verify branching Verify no branching Ecache Functional Verify cacheline fil Verify write allocat 1 Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 15 of 15 foc3 l on read miss e on write miss Verify cacheline update on write hit Verify write back Xcall Test Sending Cross Calls 1 POST_ to CPU AID 1 END Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 21 3 22 CODE EXAMPLE 3 2 diag level Variable Set to max single CPU 1 of 9 4 0 Version 28 created 2000 06 27 18 05 Clearing TLBs Done Power On Reset Executing Power On SelfTest 0
227. rtes de la m moire ou des unit s de stockage internes vous devrez d monter le couvercle de l unit syst me Sun Ne pas oublier de remettre ce couvercle en place avant de mettre le syst me sous tension fonctionner un produit Sun sans le couvercle en place Si l on n glige cette pr caution on encourt des risques de blessures corporelles et de d g ts mat riels 1 Attention il est dangereux de faire Conformit aux certifications Laser Les produits Sun qui font appel aux technologies lasers sont conformes aux normes de la classe 1 en la mati re Class 1 Laser Product Luokan 1 Laserlaite Klasse 1 Laser Apparat Laser KLasse 1 Safety Agency Compliance Statements xxix Lecteur de CD ROM ou de DVD ROM Attention L utilisation de contr les de r glages ou de performances de proc dures autre que celle sp cifi e dans le pr sent document peut provoquer une exposition a des radiations dangereuses Einhaltung sicherheitsbeh rdlicher Vorschriften Auf dieser Seite werden Sicherheitsrichtlinien beschrieben die bei der Installation von Sun Produkten zu beachten sind Sicherheitsvorkehrungen Treffen Sie zu Ihrem eigenen Schutz die folgenden Sicherheitsvorkehrungen wenn Sie Ihr Ger t installieren m Beachten Sie alle auf den Ger ten angebrachten Warnhinweise und Anweisungen m Vergewissern Sie sich da Spannung und Frequenz Ihrer Stromquelle mit der Spannung und Frequenz bereinstimmen
228. rts 384K baud synchronous or 460 8K baud asynchronous 4 USB connectors 12Mb sec 2 FC AL 10 000 RPM internal 3 5 inch hard drives 18 36 or 73GB 1 1 44 MB triple density manual eject diskette drive 1 Smart card reader v2 1 Optional 4x speed DVD ROM drive 1 Optional 4mm tape drive Solaris 8 10 01 17 18 21 and 24 inch monitors resolutions from 960x680 to 1920x1200 Refresh rates from 60 Hz to 112 Hz 1 First version of the Solaris operating environment that supports the Sun Blade 1000 or Sun Blade 2000 workstations Always check the Sun web site for the latest compatible operating environment firmware and software updates Chapter 1 Product Description 1 3 External Components 1 1 1 Use FIGURE 1 1 FIGURE 1 2 and FIGURE 1 3 to locate and identify the major external components of the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations VA Workstation Keyboard Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstation Monitor Keyboard and Mouse FIGURE 1 1 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 1 4 Sun Blade 1000 gt o or e lt Sun Blade 2000 Sun Blade 4 A 5 EL amp Sun microsystems 6 7 a ee E ta
229. s up Looking for Ethernet Packets is a Good Packet X is a Bad Packet Type any key to stop pci 8 700000 network 5 1 4 8 3 Probe SCSI and Probe SCSI All Diagnostics The probe SCSI diagnostic transmits an inquiry command to internal and external FC AL and SCSI devices connected to the system on board SCSI or FC AL interface If the SCSI device is connected and active the target address unit number device type and manufacturer name are displayed The probe SCSl all diagnostic transmits an inquiry command to all devices connected to the workstation The first identifier listed in the display is the SCSI host adapter address in the system device tree followed by the SCSI device identification data Initialize the probe SCSI diagnostic by typing the probe scsi command at the ok prompt and initialize the probe SCSl all diagnostic by typing the probe scsi all command at the ok prompt The following code examples identify the probe SCSI and the probe SCSI all diagnostic output messages CODE EXAMPLE 4 4 Probe SCSI Diagnostic Output Message ok probe scsi LiD HA Port WWN Disk description 1 1 210000203700ca78 SEAGATE ST39103FCSUN9 0G01479916021084 3 3 210000203708ad4d SEAGATE ST39102FCSUN9 0G09299906F45038 ok 4 10 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 4 8 4 CODE EXAMPLE 4 5 Probe SCSI All Output Message pci 8 60 LiD HA
230. s Systems ohne obere Abdeckung besteht die Gefahr von Stromschlag und Systemsch den Einhaltung der Richtlinien f r Laser Sun Produkte die mit Laser Technologie arbeiten entsprechen den Anforderungen der Laser Klasse 1 Class 1 Laser Product Luokan 1 Laserlaite Klasse 1 Laser Apparat Laser KLasse 1 CD ROM oder DVD ROM Achtung Die Verwendung von anderen Steuerungen und Einstellungen oder die Durchfhrung von Prozeduren die von den hier beschriebenen abweichen knnen gefhrliche Strahlungen zur Folge haben Normativas de seguridad El siguiente texto incluye las medidas de seguridad que se deben seguir cuando se instale alg n producto de Sun Microsystems Precauciones de seguridad Para su protecci n observe las siguientes medidas de seguridad cuando manipule su equipo m Siga todas los avisos e instrucciones marcados en el equipo m Aseg rese de que el voltaje y la frecuencia de la red el ctrica concuerdan con las descritas en las etiquetas de especificaciones el ctricas del equipo m No introduzca nunca objetos de ning n tipo a trav s de los orificios del equipo Pueden haber voltajes peligrosos Los objetos extra os conductores de la electricidad pueden producir cortocircuitos que provoquen un incendio descargas el ctricas o da os en el equipo S mbolos En este libro aparecen los siguientes s mbolos Precauci n Existe el riesgo de lesiones personales y da os al equipo Siga l
231. s any key on your keyboard The monitor display if blank refreshes and the subsystems return to full power as they are needed Note By default the hard drive is spun down when the system enters the low power mode The drive can take as long as 30 seconds to spin back up 9 6 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 9 4 Disabling Power Management 1 At the system prompt type usr dt bin dtpower 2 Select Disabled for the Current Power Saving Scheme Note You can select Customized Disabled Minimal or Standard as the Current Power Saving Scheme Chapter 9 Finishing Replacement Procedures 9 7 9 8 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CHAPTER 10 OpenBoot Emergency Procedures The introduction of USB keyboards with Sun s newest desktop systems has made it necessary to change some of the OpenBoot emergency procedures Specifically the Stop N Stop D and Stop F commands that are available on workstations that have standard non USB keyboards and are not supported on systems that have USB keyboards The following sections describe the OpenBoot emergency procedures for systems with standard keyboards and for newer workstations with USB keyboards 10 1 OpenBoot Emergency Procedures for Workstations With Standard Non USB Keyboards When issuing any of the following commands see TABLE 10 1 hold down the keys immediately after turning
232. s from the speaker assembly terminators 4 Remove the speaker assembly Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 25 6 7 2 Combined cable assembly tabs FIGURE 6 15 Removing and Replacing the Speaker Assembly Replacing the Speaker Assembly Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Connect the combined cable assembly connectors to the speaker assembly terminators FIGURE 6 15 Place the speaker tab into the chassis slot Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver replace the screw securing the speaker assembly to the chassis Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 6 26 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 6 8 6 8 1 AN FC AL Backplane Assembly The FC AL backplane assembly consists of the FC AL backplane FC AL cable assembly and hard drive bracket The FC AL backplane assembly is attached to the chassis Use the following procedures to remove and replace the FC AL backplane assembly Removing the FC AL Backplane Assembly 1 Power off the workstation remove the access panel and attach the antistatic wrist strap See Chapter 5 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling comp
233. s licences qui en restreignent l utilisation la copie la distribution et la d compilation Aucune partie de ce produit ou document ne peut tre reproduite sous aucune forme par quelque moyen que ce soit sans l autorisation pr alable et crite de Sun et de ses bailleurs de licence s il y en a Le logiciel d tenu par des tiers et qui comprend la technologie relative aux polices de caract res est prot g par un copyright et licenci par des fournisseurs de Sun Des parties de ce produit pourront tre d riv es des syst mes Berkeley BSD licenci s par l Universit de Californie UNIX est une marque d pos e aux Etats Unis et dans d autres pays et licenci e exclusivement par X Open Company Ltd Sun Sun Microsystems the Sun logo docs sun com OpenBoot ShowMe How Ultra AnswerBook2 AnswerBook SunATM Sun Blade Solaris SunVTS PGX32 Sun StorEdge et Solaris sont des marques de fabrique ou des marques d pos es ou marques de service de Sun Microsystems Inc aux Etats Unis et dans d autres pays Toutes les marques SPARC sont utilis es sous licence et sont des marques de fabrique ou des marques d pos es de SPARC International Inc aux Etats Unis et dans d autres pays Les produits portant les marques SPARC sont bas s sur une architecture d velopp e par Sun Microsystems Inc L interface d utilisation graphique OPEN LOOK et Sun a t d velopp e par Sun Microsystems Inc pour ses utilisateurs et licenci s
234. s on the PCI bus Master transactions use 256 byte burst transfers Note The byte burst rate is programmable and can vary The PCIO 2 is a multi function PCI device as defined by the PCI specification and it supports a separate configuration space for each of the 4 interfaces See Section C 1 8 PCI Bus on page C 27 for details Ethernet Leaf The Ethernet interface supports two DMA channels for full duplex the PCIO 2 Ethernet interfaces through PHY 6612 and COMBO magnetics and RJ45 connector See Section C 1 14 Ethernet on page C 36 for details USB Leaf USB Universal Serial Bus is a standard defined for the PC industry that provides connectivity to low cost low bandwidth peripherals USB defines a tree topology through hub devices although logically it behaves as a bus The USB standard defines two data transfer rates 1 5 and 12 Mbit sec USB supports live connect and disconnect of devices hot plugging The PCIO 2 USB channel engine has a single DMA engine with 1K bit of internal buffering The DMA engine is the USB host controller and a hub with 4 ports As a host controller it manages control flow data flow and connections The PCIO 2 USB host controller programming model is Open HCI compatible The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations use USB connectors to interface to the Sun Type 6 USB keyboard and mouse The Type 6 USB keyboard does not include a hub The mouse is also connected directly to a b
235. s or optional system features 5 9 AN Powering Off the Workstation Perform the following procedure to power off the workstation If necessary view the ShowMe How video clip located on the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Documentation CD ROM Note If it is necessary to power on the workstation see Section 9 2 Powering On the Workstation on page 9 4 Caution Prior to turning off the workstation power save back up and close any open files Notify affected users that you are powering off your workstation 1 To power off the workstation a If the Solaris OS is running in a windowing environment Chapter 5 Preparing for Component Removal and Replacement 5 5 i Press and release the front panel power switch FIGURE 5 1 to automatically shut down all programs the Solaris operating environment and to power off the workstation ii From the menu displayed on the workstation monitor select Shutdown b If the Solaris OS is not running in a windowing environment i Press the front panel power switch FIGURE 5 1 to power off the workstation This action allows automatic shutdown of all programs the Solaris operating environment and to power off the workstation c If the workstation is at the ok prompt OpenBoot interface press and hold the front panel power switch for four seconds see FIGURE 5 1 to power off the workstation This action forces an immediate power off of the workstation Ca
236. se Diskette and Parallel Port Functional Block Diagram C 32 Serial Port Functional Block Diagram C 34 Audio Card Functional Block Diagram C 38 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 FC AL Disk Subsystem C 40 Configuration for the SCSI Bus C 41 System Motherboard Block Diagram C 45 Selected Jumper Settings C 47 Identifying Jumper Pins C 48 Flash PROM Jumper Locations C 49 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE 1 1 TABLE 1 2 TABLE 1 3 TABLE 3 1 TABLE 4 1 TABLE 4 2 TABLE 4 3 TABLE 8 1 TABLE 8 2 TABLE 9 1 TABLE 10 1 TABLE A 1 TABLE A 2 TABLE A 3 TABLE B 1 TABLE B 2 TABLE B 3 TABLE B 4 TABLE B 5 TABLE B 6 Tables Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Product Features and Options 1 2 Back Panel Overview Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations 1 7 Replaceable Components 1 10 Approximate POST Completion Times 3 5 Power Indicator LED States 4 2 Internal Drives Identification 4 5 Selected OpenBoot PROM On Board Diagnostic Tests 4 12 Required Solaris Operating Environment Firmware and Software for Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Workstations 8 6 CPU Module Handling Procedures 8 12 Power Indicator LED States 9 5 OpenBoot Emergency Procedure Commands Non USB Keyboards 10 2 Physical Specifications A 1 Electrical Specifications A 2 Environmental Requirements A 3 Power Connectors B 2 Power Supply Connector J3603 Pin Description B 2
237. set All ok reset all Resetting 4 0 common 23 Version 23 created 2000 04 19 16 09 Clearing TLBs Done Reset 0000 0000 0000 0010 SPOR Loading Configuration Membase 0000 0000 0000 0000 MemSize 0000 0000 2000 0000 Init CPU arrays Done Init ES tags Done Setup TLB Done MMUs ON Block Scrubbing Done Copy Done PC 0000 07f f f000 2f84 PC 0000 0000 0000 2 f8 Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 15 CODE EXAMPLE 4 7 Reset All Decompressing Done Size 0000 0000 0006 da00 ttya initialized Start Reason Soft Reset System Reset SPOR Probing gptwo at 0 0 SUNW UltraSPARC III 400 MHz 4 1 4 MB memory controller Probing gptwo at 1 0 Nothing there Probing gptwo at 8 0 pci pci upa ppm Loading Support Packages kbd translator Loading onboard drivers ebus flashprom bbc ppm i2c dimm dimm dimm dimm nvram idprom i2c cpu sensor fan control card reader motherboard beep audio rtc gpio pmc floppy parallel serial emory Configuration Segment Base O Size 512 MB 2 Way Can t read mem layout table from sys SEEPROM Using default WARNING HOSTID data should be moved to socketed SEEPROM HW support required for hostid reprogramming Probing upa 8 480000 Device 0 0 Nothing there Probing upa 8 480000 Device 1 0 Nothing there Probing pci 8 600000 Device 4 scsi disk Probing pci 8 600000 Device 1 Nothing there Probing pci 8 700000
238. sion division Test single and double precision sqrt Test single and double precision abs Test single and double precision conversion FPU Move To Registers l Moving SP fp value through all fp registers l Moving DP fp value through all fp registers FF PU Branch Testing Branching on fcc0 l Verify branching l Verify no branching Testing Branching on fccl l Verify branching l Verify no branching Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 19 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 1 Testing Icach Verify Dcach Verify Verify Verify Verify Verify Wcach Verify Verify Poach FPU F Test si Test si Test si Test si Test si Test si Test si FPU M Moving FPU B Testing Verify Verify Testing erify erify Testing Verify V V PS de De me De De 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 en ne 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 nananana m DO 10 6 0 00 0 000 00 0700 00 6070 00 OO sO 10 0 0 0 0 Branching on fcc2 l Verify branching l Verify branching Aa A A 1 Verify write back e Functional diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 14 of 15 l Verify no branching Testing Branching on fcc3 l Verify no branching Ecache Functional l Verify cacheline fill on read miss Verify write allocate on write miss l Verify cacheline update on write hit cacheline fill on read miss e Functional no allocate on write miss fetch from memory on read miss w
239. sitions g Cache TAGS ting I Cache Tag t address up t address down nce t cell disturbance ity t data reliability transitions t address line transitions cro Tag ting I Cache Micro Tag t address up t address down nce t cell disturbance ity t data reliability transitions t address line transitions gs 1 I Cache Snoop Tags t address up t address down nce t cell disturbance ity t data reliability transitions t address line transitions 1 I Cache Init Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 13 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 Test address up 1 1 Tes down 1 Tes cell disturba 1 Tes data reliabil 1 Tes line 1 Tes D Cache TAGS Test address up 1 1 Tes down 1 Tes cell disturba 1 Tes data reliabil 1 Tes line 1 Tes D Cache MicroTag Test address up 1 1 Tes down 1 Tes cell disturba 1 Tes data reliabil 1 Tes line 1 Tes D Cache SnoopTag Test address up 1 1 do 1 rest cell distu 1 Test data relia 1 est address est est est address C oo est address est est est address S oo est address est est est address o e O Test address wn rba pur bil pur 3 14 D D D D diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 8 of 15 Cache RAM t address up t address down nce cell disturbance ity t data reliab
240. smart card for authentication To logically remove the smart card reader 1 Log in as root to the workstation 2 Logically remove the smart card reader by typing smartcard c admin t terminal r user_friendly_name x delete 3 Disconnect connector J3604 7 6 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 72 9 7 2 6 Disabling the Smart Card The following procedure assumes that the user has forgotten the smart card PIN and cannot log in to the workstation Halt the workstation and then reboot in the single user mode Disable the smart card by typing smartcard c disable Exit single user mode and resume the workstation boot process to return to the desktop environment Removing the Smart Card Reader Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Position the peripheral assembly on a flat surface so that the smart card reader is flat see FIGURE 7 4 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver remove the four screws securing the smart card reader to the peripheral assembly Remove the smart card reader and place it on an antistatic mat Note The four screws that secure a drive to the peripheral drive assembly are specifically sized screws Do not intermingle them with other screws In
241. ss up down Test address down turbance Test cell disturbancen diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU 5 of 12 sitions ess selection Initial area led tion Initial area Init cation Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 35 CODE EXAMPLE 3 3 oo oo a on 2 oa o OO oo ye pe pur par CA pur a pur 0 Ecache Address Lin Partial E 1 diag level Variable Set to min 2 Way CPU 6 of 12 Ecache Address Lin cache Init 1 Partial Ecache Init BBC E Star Registers I Cache RAM 1 I Cache RAM Test address Test address 1 up Test address up down 1 Test address down Test cell disturbance 1 I Cache TAGS Testing I Cache Tag 1 I Cache TAGS Test cell disturba Test address 1 1 down 1 1 I Cache Init 1 I Cache Snoop Tags Test address up res Test cell disturbance Test address up 1 Testing I Cache Tag 1 Test address up Test address down 1 Test address down Test cell disturbance 1 Test cell disturbance Testing I Cache Micro Tag Test address up 1 Testing I Cache Micro Tag 1 Test address up Test address down 1 Test address down nce t cell disturbance I Cache Snoop Tags Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance Test cell disturbance 1
242. stall the filler panel if necessary Chapter 7 Removing and Replacing Storage Devices 7 7 Filler panel Smart card reader A FIGURE 7 4 Removing and Replacing the Smart Card Reader Ped Replacing the Smart Card Reader an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in A Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 1 Remove the filler panel if necessary see FIGURE 7 3 2 Replace the diskette drive if it has been removed See Section 7 2 9 Replacing the Diskette Drive on page 7 10 3 Position the smart card reader into the peripheral assembly 4 Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver replace the four screws securing the smart card reader to the peripheral assembly 5 Replace the peripheral assembly See Section 7 2 10 Replacing the Peripheral Assembly on page 7 10 7 8 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 7 2 8 Removing the Diskette Drive Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Position the peripheral assembly on a flat surface so that the diskette drive is flat FIGURE 7 2 Remove the smart card reader See Section 7 2 6 Removing the Smart Card Reader
243. stem C 1 C 1 1 Workstation Overview C 2 C 1 2 UltraSPARC II Central Processing Unit CPU C 4 C 1 2 1 Configuration Rules C 6 C 1 2 2 System Requirements for the UltraSPARC III 600 MHz CPU Module C 6 C 1 2 3 System Requirements for the UltraSPARC III 750 MHz CPU Module C 7 C 1 2 4 System Requirements for the UltraSPARC III 900 MHz CPU Module C 8 C 1 2 5 System Requirements for the UltraSPARC MI Cu CPU Module C 9 C 1 3 System Memory C 9 C 1 3 1 Organization C 9 C 1 3 2 Memory Configuration C 12 x Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 4 C 1 5 C 1 6 C 1 7 C 1 8 C 1 9 C 1 10 C 1 11 C 1 12 C 1 3 3 Memory Modules C 13 C 1 3 4 Memory Module Configuration Rules C 13 C 1 3 5 System Memory Interleaving C 14 C 1 3 6 Memory Timing C 16 I O Subsystem C 17 C 1 4 1 SBC ASIC C 17 C142 PCIO 2 C 20 C 14 3 EBus Leaf C 22 Interrupts C 22 BootBus C 23 C 1 6 1 BootBus Controller BBC ASIC C 24 UPA C 27 PCI Bus C 27 C 1 8 1 PCICards C 27 C 1 8 2 PCI Bus ASICs C 28 C 1 8 3 Graphics and PCI Card Options C 29 C 1 8 4 Sun Expert3D and Expert3D Lite Graphics Cards C 29 Peripherals C 29 C 1 9 1 DVD ROM and Tape Drives C 29 C 1 9 2 Diskette Drive C 30 C 1 9 3 Hard Drives C 30 C 1 9 4 Smart Card Reader C 31 Other Peripheral Assembly Options C 31 Keyboard and Mouse C 31 C 1 11 1 Keyboard and Mouse Port C 32 Diskette Drive and Parallel Ports C 32 C 1 12 1 Diskette Port C 32 C
244. t mean square VRMS with a frequency range of 47 to 63 Hz The maximum input current is 12 amps at 100 volts The power supply output voltages are listed in the following table The power supply continues to regulate all outputs for 10 milliseconds after AC power is removed TABLE C 8 Power Supply Output Values for the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Output Voltage VDC Max Current A Regulation Band V 1 3 3 90 0 3 23 to 3 43 2 5 0 70 0 4 85 to 5 25 3 12 0 8 0 11 65 to 12 60 4 12 0 0 4 12 60 to 11 40 5 5 0_Standby 15 4 75 to 5 25 Note The combined power of output 1 and output 2 must be less than 600 watts Control Signals All power supply control signals are at signal levels shown in table C 8 TABLE C 9 Power Supply Control Signal Levels Parameter Min Max Voy high level output voltage 3 4 VDC Vor low level output voltage 0 4 VDC Vip high level input voltage 2 4 VDC Vi low level input voltage 0 8 VDC Appendix C Functional Description C 43 C 2 1 1 Remote Enable Power On A remote interface can enable the DC outputs with a low signal to the Power On input This signal is applied to the power supply from the motherboard Co Motherboard FIGURE C 15 shows a block diagram of the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 motherboard TABLE C 10 describes the functions of the connectors and jumpers C 44 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002
245. t the CPU module s only support the Sun CrossBar Interconnect address and command signals The Sun CrossBar Interconnect address and control signals along with the data signals and the switch control signals are routed through the module connectors The UltraSPARC III processors directly support the main memory SDRAM The memory controller is on the same die as the processor The address and control signals for the SDRAM chips originate at the CPU chip pins and are routed to the motherboard through the module connectors The CPU module s contain serial EEPROMs for self identification at boot time The SEEPROM is interfaced through the I2C bus and provides the version of the CPU module the size and speed of the external cache the maximum internal frequency of the processor and other operating parameters Thermal management relies on high air flow and a large heat sink radiation area to maintain uniform temperature control for each CPU module The temperature of the CPU modules are monitored to avoid any destructive effect in case of fan failure Appendix C Functional Description C 5 C 1 2 1 C 1 2 2 The CPU die contains a temperature sensing diode that is connected to a temperature controller located off of the die This temperature controller performs the analog to digital temperature conversion and is interfaced through the I2C serial bus Configuration Rules The following configuration rules apply to the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun
246. target address 0 Refer to the Manual Eject Diskette Drive Specifications part number 805 1133 to change the target address Superl O Diskette Drive Interface The Superl O ASIC contains an on board diskette drive controller with a 16 byte first in first out FIFO memory buffers that support burst and non burst modes The diskette drive controller handles data rates of 500 Kbps and 250 Kbps See Section C 1 12 Diskette Drive and Parallel Ports on page C 32 for details Hard Drives The workstation supports two internal FC AL hard drives Each hard drive has a single connector configuration A drive bracket is used to mount the drives The following table lists the hard drive features of some of the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 drives TABLEC 5 Internal Hard Drive Features Form Factor Seek Time read write Dimension Hard Drive Capacity RPM average 1 00 inch 18 Gbytes 10K 7 5 msec 8 5 msec 2 54 cm 1 00 inch 36 GBytes 10K 7 5 msec 8 5 msec 2 54 cm 1 00 inch 73 GBytes 10K 7 5 msec 8 5 msec 2 54 cm C 30 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 9 4 C 1 10 C 1 11 The 18 Gbyte 10K RPM Disk Drive Specifications part number 806 1057 provides installation instructions power requirements and performance data for the 18 Gbyte 10K RPM hard drive Smart Card Reader The smart card reader enables a user to securely log into the Solaris operating environment through the
247. tation being tested and a terminal or another Sun workstation monitor Open a terminal window Type eeprom Verify the following serial port default settings as follows ttyb mode ttya mode 9600 8 n 1 9600 8 n 1 Note Ensure that the settings are consistent with TTY type terminal or system monitor settings 3 3 Setting Up POST to Run in an OpenBoot PROM Environment To run POST perform the following procedure m Set the diag switch to true and the diag level to max or min m Power cycle the workstation Note The default setting is min See Section 3 4 Maximum and Minimum Levels of POST on page 3 5 below to set POST to the min mode To set the diag switch to true 3 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 At the system prompt type ok setenv diag switch true ok setenv diag level min max menus Note At the system prompt type ok setenv diag level min or max or wu menus Do not type min max and menus Press the power switch briefly to power cycle the workstation 3 4 Maximum and Minimum Levels of POST Two levels of POST are available maximum max level and minimum min level The workstation initiates the selected level of POST based on the setting of diag level an NVRAM variable Multiple CPU configurations combined with the amount of installed memory affects th
248. ters The 100BASE X and 10BASE T sections share the following functional characteristics m PCS control m IEEE 802 3u auto negotiation C 36 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 1 14 1 C 1 14 2 C 1 15 Automatic Negotiation Automatic negotiation controls the Ethernet TPE cable when a connection is established to a network device Automatic negotiation detects the various modes that exist in the linked partner and advertises its own abilities to automatically configure to the highest performance mode 10BASE T 100BASE TX or 100BASE T4 in half and full duplex modes External Cables The RJ 45 Ethernet port supports a Category 5 UTP cable for the 100BASE T and a Category 3 4 or 5 UTP cable for the 10BASE T operation Note The maximum cable segment lengths for the 100BASE TX and 10BASE TX are 109 yards 100 meters and 1094 yards 1000 meters respectively Audio Card and Connector An audio card provides various audio applications from telephone quality speech to CD quality music The audio card supports four jacks of identical type line in line out headphone out and microphone in The following table lists the major features of the audio card The following figure illustrates a functional block diagram of the audio card TABLEC 6 Audio Card Features Figure Reference Feature Description 1 Stereo line level Attenuated by a resistor divider network and then fed into the line
249. th the motherboard connector At the two upper corners of the PCI card push the PCI card straight down into the connector until the PCI card is fully seated Using a No 2 Phillips screwdriver replace the screw securing the PCI card bracket tab to the workstation chassis Note If you have removed the fan bracket for extra long PCI cards replace it by latching it into the slots in the chassis If necessary reattach the fan bracket removed earlier Connect any cables to the PCI boards Detach the antistatic wrist strap replace the access panel and power on the workstation See Chapter 9 Verify proper operation See Section 3 4 Maximum and Minimum Levels of POST on page 3 5 8 22 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 8 4 8 4 1 Graphics Card Perform the following procedure to remove and replace a graphics card If necessary view the ShowMe How video clip located on the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Hardware Documentation CD ROM Graphics and PCI Card Options For maximum system performance the following graphics cards and all 33 MHz PCI options must be installed in PCI card slot 2 3 or 4 on PCI Bus B 33 MHz Bus Sun Expert3D graphics card Sun Expert3D Lite graphics card Sun XVR 500 graphics card Sun XVR 1000 graphics card Sun PGX64 graphics card SunATM P 155 MMF adapter SunATM P 155 UTP5 adapter SunATM P 622 MMF adapter Note Installin
250. the CPU Shroud 8 41 Finishing Replacement Procedures 9 1 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 Replacing the Access Panel 9 1 Powering On the Workstation 9 4 Enabling Power Management 9 5 9 3 1 Activating the Workstation From Low Power Mode 9 6 Disabling Power Management 9 7 OpenBoot Emergency Procedures 10 1 10 1 10 2 OpenBoot Emergency Procedures for Workstations With Standard Non USB Keyboards 10 1 OpenBoot Emergency Procedures for Workstations With USB Keyboards 10 2 10 2 1 Stop A Functionality 10 2 10 22 Stop N Functionality 10 2 10 2 3 Stop F Functionality 10 4 10 2 4 Stop D Functionality 10 4 Product Specifications A 1 A 1 A 2 A 3 AA Physical Specifications A 1 Electrical Specifications A 2 Energy Star Compliance A 2 Environmental Requirements A 3 Signal Descriptions B 1 B 1 B 2 B 3 B 4 Power Connectors B 2 Serial Ports A and B B 6 UltraSCSI Connector B 7 Parallel Port Connector B 12 Contents ix B 5 Universal Serial Bus Connector B 13 B 6 IEEE 1394 Connector B 14 B 7 Twisted Pair Ethernet Connector B 15 B 7 1 TPE Cable Type Connectivity B 16 B 7 2 External UTP 5 Cable Lengths B 16 B 8 Audio Connectors B 17 B 9 FC AL Rear Panel Connector B 17 B 10 Graphics Card Connectors B 18 B 11 Smart Card Reader Connector B 19 B 12 Diskette Drive Connector B 21 B 13 Internal SCSI Connector B 24 B 14 Internal FC AL Connector B 25 B 15 Logo LED Connector B 26 C Functional Description C 1 C1 Sy
251. the execution of individual tests to verify hardware configuration and functionality using SunVTS Chapter 3 describes the execution of the Power On Self Test POST and provides examples of POST output patterns Chapter 4 provides troubleshooting information and suggested corrective actions for hardware problems Chapter 5 explains how to prepare for removal and replacement of workstation components Chapter 6 provides step by step procedures for removing and replacing major subassemblies Chapter 7 provides step by step procedures for removing and replacing workstation storage devices Chapter 8 provides step by step procedures for removing and replacing the motherboard and various components associated with the motherboard Chapter 9 describes the tasks you must do after you finish removing and replacing internal workstation components This chapter also explains how to externally control standby operation Chapter 10 explains the OpenBoot Emergency Procedures for standard non USB keyboards and for USB type keyboards Appendix A provides product physical electrical Energy Star compliance and environmental specifications for the workstations Appendix B provides signal descriptions and connector pin assignments Appendix C provides a functional description of the major component systems within the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations Appendix D describes the interaction of the USB mouse USB keyboard
252. ting low level configuring and simple testing Common desktop environment Dual in line memory module A small printed circuit card that contains dynamic random access memory chips Direct memory address Dynamic random access memory Read write dynamic memory in which the data can be read or written in approximately the same amount of time for any memory location Dual tag or data tag Digital Video Disk Electrically erasable programmable read only memory Electromagnetic interference Electrical characteristic that directly or indirectly contributes to a degradation in performance of an electronic system Extended peripheral component interconnect a 64bit 66 MHz PCI bus Glossary 1 Ethernet FC AL FIFO flash PROM Gbyte GUI 1 0 JTAG Kbyte Leaf LED MBps Mbps Mbyte MHz MII Network NG DIMM Node ns Glossary 2 A type of local area network that enables real time communication between network devices connected directly together through cables A widely implemented network from which the IEEE 802 3 standard for contention networks was developed Ethernet uses a bus topology configuration and relies on the form of access known as CSMA CD to regulate traffic on the main communication line Network nodes are connected by coaxial cable in either of two varieties or by twisted pair wiring See also 10BASE T and 100BASE T Fiber channel arbitrated loop First in first out A type of programmable rea
253. tion Avoid damaging the connector by not applying force to one end or one side of the board Pull the upper two corners of the card straight up from the connector Remove the PCI card Place the PCI card on an antistatic mat 8 20 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 Aligned with 2 is Q O E y O 5 ao L o op oo xX D 95 rs La 2D o Ho FIGURE 8 15 Removing and Replacing a PCI Card 8 21 Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 3 2 Replacing a PCI Card Perform the following procedures to replace a PCI card If necessary view the ShowMe How video clip located on the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Hardware Documentation CD ROM Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Note Read the PCI card product guide for information about jumper or switch settings connector requirements and required tools Note To insert extra long PCI cards detach the fan bracket tabs and pull the bracket back out of the way Position the PCI card in the chassis FIGURE 8 15 Guide the card bracket tab into the chassis back panel opening Guide the opposite end of the card into the fan bracket card guide so that the card is aligned evenly wi
254. tion to equipment safety precautions 5 3 motherboard removing 8 36 removing and replacing 8 1 replacing 8 38 N network output message diagnostic 4 21 ng 7 2 O OBDiags 4 13 OBP on board diagnostics 4 8 probe SCSI 4 10 Index 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 probe SCSI all 4 10 selected tests 4 12 watch clock 4 9 watch net 4 9 watch net all 4 9 OpenBoot diagnostics 4 13 operation SunVTS 2 2 options peripheral assembly C 31 output message EBus DMA TCR registers 4 18 Ethernet diagnostic 4 18 firewire diagnostic 4 19 flash PROM diagnostic 4 19 floppy diagnostic 4 19 LC diagnostic 4 21 I2C with TIP line diagnostic 4 20 pmc diagnostic 4 22 probe scsi all diagnostic 4 11 rtc diagnostic 4 22 test diagnostic 4 11 watch clock diagnostic 4 9 watch net all diagnostic 4 10 watch net diagnostic 4 9 output message diagnositc network 4 21 output values power supply C 43 overview SunVTS 2 1 P parallel port C 33 connector B 12 connector pin assignments B 12 electrical characteristics C 33 external cables C 33 functional block diagram C 32 PCI bus C 27 C 28 card C 27 C 28 slot to PCI bus mapping C 28 PCI card removing 8 20 replacing 8 22 universal C 27 peripheral assembly options C 31 removing 7 3 removing and replacing 7 4 peripheral power cable assembly removing 6 7 replacing 6 8 peripherals C 29 physical spec
255. to the data path width of an 8 bit or 16 bit bus respectively m Peak bandwidth of 40 Mbytes sec with implemented 16 bit bus width The internal SCSI bus is terminated at each end One set of terminators is located close to the DVD ROM drive connector on the DVD ROM SCSI cable A second set of terminators is located close to the internal SCSI connector The following figure shows the SCSI bus configuration DVD ROM SCSI drive controller 8 bit UltraSCSI SCSI bus A SCSI bus B f External to chassis connector J2202 FIGURE C 14 Configuration for the SCSI Bus Host Adapter The host adapter is a QLogic PCI SCSI ASIC The host adapter and all target devices comply with the UltraSCSI single ended drivers and receivers characteristics The electrical characteristics of the output buffers include m V output low equals 0 to 0 5 VDC with I at 48 mA signal asserted m V out high equals 2 5 to 3 7 VDC signal negated mt rising slew rate equals 520 mV per nanosecond maximum 0 7 to 2 3 VDC rise m t falling slew rate equals 520 mV per nanosecond maximum 2 3 to 0 7 VDC Appendix C Functional Description C 41 C 1 17 2 C 1 17 3 C 1 18 The UltraSCSI electrical characteristics for the host adapter and target device include a V input low equals 1 0 VDC maximum signal true a V input high equals 1 9 VDC minimum signal false m I inp
256. tor LED States LED Activity Meaning LED on Full power is on in one or more internal subsystems and system self test has completed successfully The logo LED light indicates only that power is supplied to the workstation 4 3 Video Output Failure Symptom No video at the workstation monitor Action Ensure that the power cord is connected to the monitor and to the wall receptacle Verify that the wall receptacle is supplying AC power to the monitor Check the video cable connection between the monitor and the workstation graphics card output port Check that each CPU module is properly seated If the AC connection to the monitor is correct and the video cable is correctly connected and each CPU module is properly seated the workstation monitor or the workstation graphics card may be defective Replace the monitor or the graphics card 4 4 Frame Buffer Power Management Symptom When a Sun Blade 1000 or Sun Blade 2000 workstation is configured with a CD ROM or DVD ROM drive and the monitor and frame buffers are powered off and are in energy saving mode the workstation could hang during a panic and the core dump would not be saved Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Procedures 4 3 Note There is a driver timing dependency between the CD ROM or DVD ROM drive and the graphics board frame buffer used in the workstation The driver for the CD ROM or DVD ROM will not power on the drive during a workstation panic unless
257. tput Message on page 4 19 Section 4 9 7 flashprom 0 0 Output Message on page 4 19 Section 4 9 8 Floppy Output Message on page 4 19 Section 4 9 9 gpio 1 300600 Output Message on page 4 20 Section 4 9 10 i2c 1 2e Output Message on page 4 20 Section 4 9 11 i2c 1 30 Output Message on page 4 21 Section 4 9 12 network 5 1 Output Message on page 4 21 Section 4 9 13 Parallel Port Output Message on page 4 21 Section 4 9 14 pmc 1 300700 Output Message on page 4 22 Section 4 9 15 rtc 1 300070 Output Message on page 4 22 Section 4 9 16 scsi 6 Output Message on page 4 22 Section 4 9 17 scsi 6 1 Output Message on page 4 23 Section 4 9 18 Serial Output Message on page 4 23 Section 4 9 19 USB Output Message on page 4 23 Section 4 9 20 Test All Output Message on page 4 24 Note Set the diag level variable to min prior to performing these tests You can set the level at the ok prompt or within the obdiag menu Perform the following steps to start OpenBootDiag 4 14 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 m At the ok prompt type ok setenv mfg mode on mfg mode on 2 Type ok setenv diag switch true diag switch true 3 Type ok setenv auto boot false auto boot fals 4 Type ok reset all Verify that the platform resets see the following code example ol CODE EXAMPLE 4 7 Re
258. trap See Chapter 5 Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Disconnect the SCSI cable assembly at the motherboard connector J5002 Disconnect the diskette drive cable assembly as follows FIGURE 6 8 a Disconnect the diskette drive cable assembly from the motherboard diskette drive connector J1801 b Disconnect the diskette drive cable assembly from the rear of the diskette drive Feed the SCSI and diskette drive cables through the chassis cutout Remove the diskette drive cable assembly Chapter 6 Removing and Replacing Major Subassemblies 6 11 6 3 6 To motherboard connector J1801 From diskette drive _____ assembly rear pa connector i IN SAW AN 277 Cable route FIGURE 6 8 Removing and Replacing the Diskette Drive Cable Assembly Replacing the Diskette Drive Cable Assembly Caution Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface Position the diskette drive cable assembly in
259. turbance 1 W Cache TAGS 1 Tes 1 Tes address line 1 Tes 1 Tes address up 1 Tes address down 1 Tes cell disturba 1 Tes 1 Tes data reliabil 1 Tes Test data reliability t address up t address down transitions t cell disturbance t data reliability t address line transitions 1 W Cache SnoopTAGS t address up nce t address down t cell disturbance ity t data reliability Chapter 3 Power On Self Test 3 15 CODE EXAMPLE 3 1 diag level Variable Set to max 2 Way CPU 10 of 15 Test address line transitions W Cache Init P Cache RAM Test address up Test address down l Test cell disturbance Test address line transitions 1 Test data reliability P Cache TAGS Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance Test data reliability Test address line transitions P Cache SnoopTags Test address up Test address down Test cell disturbance Pest data reliability 1 Test address line transitions 0 Test address line transitions 1 P Cache TAGS 0 P Cache Status Data See En O A As As ss As A ss ss m 0 00 10 0 0 00 0 070 1 Test address up 0 Test address up 1 Test address down 0 Test address down 1 Test cell disturbance 0 Test cell disturbance 1 Test data reliability 0 Test data reliability 1 Test address line transitions 0 Test address line transitions 1 P Cache
260. tware drivers do not support this system s lowest possible power consumption mode when this occurs the power indicator LED will not blink LED on Full power is on in one or more of the internal subsystems and system self test has completed successfully Chapter 9 Finishing Replacement Procedures 9 5 Note While in low power mode your system retains network awareness such that it responds to tasks directed to it To enable power management 1 Press the Sun Type 6 USB keyboard Power key see FIGURE 9 4 The system shutdown menu is displayed Note The Sun Type 6 USB keyboard Power key cannot be used to power on the workstation as the Power key could be used on earlier versions of Sun keyboards 2 Select Low Power from the Power Off Selection dialog box The system completes any in process activities and then places all idle subsystems into low power mode Keyboard Power Key Power Off Selection Please select one of the options Gee 2000 CE Feo ae BE Sh Herre Oey EEE SEE DoS E T ma ae EE TI OO MEAR J Aa E ii JIU EE CON FIGURE 9 4 Sun USB Type 6 Keyboard Power Key and Power Off Selection Dialog Box 9 3 1 Activating the Workstation From Low Power Mode To activate a system that is in low power mode click a mouse button or pres
261. tware patches 109888 10 110460 09 and 108528 10 are installed on your system m OpenBoot PROM firmware v4 2 2 or later is installed on your system This is OpenBoot PROM firmware upgrade 111292 04 OpenBoot PROM firmware v4 2 2 is the first version of firmware that supports software patches 109888 10 110460 09 and 108528 10 If necessary upgrade your system s software and firmware to the versions described above Appendix C Functional Description C 7 C 1 2 4 System Requirements for the UltraSPARC III 900 MHz CPU Module Note The 900 MHz version of the UltraSPARC III CPU module is only available as an option on the Sun Blade 1000 workstation If you are replacing or installing an existing 600 or 750 MHz UltraSPARC III CPU module with a 900 MHz UltraSPARC III CPU module you need to install software patches 109888 10 110460 09 108528 10 and OpenBoot PROM firmware upgrade patch 111292 04 Both software patches and the OpenBoot PROM firmware upgrade patch can be obtained from the Sun web site at http www sun com sunsolve Note Always check the Sun web site for the latest compatible operating environment firmware and software updates for your workstation Before installing the 900 MHz UltraSPARC III CPU module verify that m Solaris 8 10 00 or later is installed on your system Solaris 8 10 00 is the first version of software that supports the Sun Blade 1000 900 MHz CPU module m Software patches 10
262. u have successfully reset NVRAM contents to the default values If a screen similar to the following does not appear repeat Steps 1 and 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 2 2 X UltraSPARC III Keyboard Present OpenBoot 4 0 256 MB memory installed Serial 12134241 Ethernet address 8 0 20 b9 27 61 Host ID 80b92761 Safe NVRAM mode the following nvram configuration variables have been overridden diag switch is true use nvramrc is false input device output device are defaulted ttya mode ttyb mode are defaulted These changes are temporary and the original values will be restored after the next hardware or software reset ok Some NVRAM configuration parameters are reset to their defaults They include parameters that are more likely to cause problems such as TTYA settings These NVRAM settings are only reset to their defaults for this power cycle If you do nothing other than resetting the system at this point the values are not permanently changed Only settings that you change manually at this point become permanent All other customized NVRAM settings are retained Typing set defaults discards any customized NVRAM values and permanently restores the default settings for all NVRAM configuration parameters Note Once the power button LED stops blinking and stays lit pressing the power button again powers off the workstation Chapter 10 OpenBoot Emergency
263. ule from its packing carton TABLE 8 2 CPU Module Handling Procedures Step Description 1 Use proper ESD grounding techniques when handling components Wear an antistatic wrist strap and use an antistatic mat Store ESD sensitive components in antistatic bags before placing them on any surface 2 When you remove a CPU module from its packing carton use both hands to support the module along its sides 3 As you remove the CPU module from its antistatic bag handle it only by its captive screws Do not touch the connectors on the bottom edge of the module The connectors for the module are easily bent or damaged by improper handling 4 Do not remove the plastic cover from the CPU module connectors until you are ready to install the module into the workstation motherboard 5 Do not grip the CPU module by its heat sink Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 1 Remove the plastic cover from the CPU module connectors see FIGURE 8 8 Plastic top cover CPU module connector 2 Plastic cover CPU module FIGURE 8 8 Removing the Plastic Cover From the CPU Module Connectors 2 Lower the CPU module into the shroud until the CPU module s captive screws are aligned with the threaded inserts see FIGURE 8 9 Chapter 8 Removing and Replacing the Motherboard and Associated Components 8 13 Captive screw 2 CPU module Threaded inserts 2 FIGURE 8 9 Lowering the CPU
264. ules communicate with the system s main memory and I O subsystem through the system s high speed data bus The system CPU modules are automatically synchronized with the system bus that runs at clock speeds up to 150 MHz The CPU is physically mounted on a module that plugs vertically into the system motherboard The module contains the processor and eight external cache SRAMs available either as 4 Mbyte 8 x 4 Mbit SRAMs or as 8 Mbyte 8 x 8 Mbit SRAMs The module also includes a DC to DC converter to limit the current density in the connector at the male female interface to provide better power regulation at the pins of the processor Sun CrossBar Interconnect C 4 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 LM SUN Cache SRAMs SEEROM E E Data UltraSPARC II GA Es ES Ll y processor Address 40 EA ES ES 18 ES ES ISCI SDRAM SDRAM Misc fOr ct Data Adar cti Ctl A 70 105 149 M444 25 A 10 v v v FIGURE C 2 UltraSPARC III Processor Functional Block Diagram The base CPU module frequency is 600 MHz The Sun Blade 2000 also supports faster processor speeds up to 1050 MHz Each CPU module plugs vertically into the motherboard through a set of two connectors Each module is equipped with a mechanical insertion extraction mechanism The processors are interconnected through the Sun CrossBar Interconnect bus bu
265. umper A jumper is open with the plastic cap inserted over one or no pin s of the jumper Closed Open Eee 69 od i e MORT 23 FIGURE C 16 Selected Jumper Settings Appendix C Functional Description C 47 C 4 1 Jumper descriptions include brief overviews of flash PROM jumpers and additional system board jumper and connector blocks Jumpers are identified on the system board by J designations Jumper pins are located immediately adjacent to the J designator Pin 1 is marked with an asterisk in any of the positions shown in the figure below J 2 Xxx _ Jumper designation E O o Pins di OO OO x FIGURE C 17 Identifying Jumper Pins Flash PROM Jumpers Flash PROM jumpers J2103 and J2104 are for reprogramming specific code blocks and remote programming of the flash PROM The following figure shows the flash PROM jumper locations C 48 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 FC AL connector Audio card I gt Flash lol Lol PROM 3 97 jumpers Sun FIGURE C 18 Flash PROM Jumper Locations TABLE C 11 Flash PROM Jumper Settings Default Jumper on Jumper Pins 1 2 Select Pins 2 3 Select Pins Signal Controlled J2103 Write protect Write enable 2 3 Flash PROM program
266. unctional description C 1 main memory C 9 physical specifications A 1 power switch 5 6 System Memory C 13 system power switch location 9 5 System Requirements for the UltraSPARC III 600 MHz CPU Modules C 6 Index 7 System Requirements for the UltraSPARC III 750 MHz CPU Modules C 7 System Requirements for the UltraSPARC III 900 MHz CPU Modules C 8 System Requirements for the UltraSPARC III Cu CPU Modules C 9 system unit replaceable components 1 10 T tape drive 7 5 removing 7 5 Test alias name 4 9 test diagnostic output message 4 11 Timing Memory C 16 Timing Values Memory C 17 Tip connection setting up 3 2 tools required 5 5 TPE cable type connectivity B 16 connector B 15 connector pin assignments B 15 troubleshooting procedures 4 1 typographic conventions xxxvii U Ultra SCSI connector B 7 connector pin assignments B 8 UltraSPARC III processor C 4 function block diagram C 5 universal PCI card C 27 UNIX commands xxxvii UPA C 27 USB Connector pin assignments B 14 pin configuration B 13 V verifying baud rate 3 4 video output failure 4 3 W watch net 4 9 watch clock diagnositcs 4 9 watch clock diagnostic output message 4 9 watch net all diagnostic output message 4 10 watch net diagnostic output message 4 9 watch net all 4 9 Index 8 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002
267. up Test address down Test cell disturbance P Cache Init FPU Registers Pest walking Test address Test address Test cell disturbance FSR Ecache RAM up down Ecache Init Test walking 1 0 FPU registers st register addressing 1 FSR register Ecach Correctabl ECC Test Uncorrectable Ecache ECC Test Correctable SW Ecache ECC Test Uncorrectable SW Ecache ECC Test Correctable System ECC Test Chapter 3 Power On Self Test diag level Variable Set to min Single CPU Continued 5 of 8 3 47 3 48 CODE EXAMPLE 3 4 diag level Variable Set to min Single CPU Continued 6 of 8 A A ss A ss ss As A As As As As As A ss As A As As As A As As ss As ss ss ss ss A As ss ss ss As ss 00 00 OOO 1070 010 O 0 10 Or 0 00 O Ore 70 0 0 Ore 0700 10 000 00 070 00 50 00 0 Uncorrectable System ECC Test Memory address selection All Banks Safari registers Safari ID reg fc000000 0011a953 Map PCI A space Schizo reg test PBM A registers Iommu A registers Streaming Cache A registers Mondo Interrupt A registers Schizo pci A id test PCI A Vendor ID 108e PCI A Device ID 8001 Schizo mem test memtst ram data port memtst cam data port memtst ram addr port memtst cam addr port memtst pnta port memtst Inta port memtst rnta port memtst enta port memtst In addr port memtst p
268. use of a smart card Information on the smart card verifies the identity of the user during login When a user logs in by using a smart card the following series of events occurs m The user inserts the smart card into the smart card reader m The user attempts to run a protected application typically this application is the the Solaris 8 operating environment but other applications can be protected by smart cards as well m The application tries to authenticate the user by reading the authentication information configured on the user s smart card This information is the user s personal identification number PIN and the user s account password m The application prompts the user to type the PIN and then compares the typed PIN with the PIN stored on the smart card a If the typed PIN and the PIN on the smart card match the application then searches the password database specified to the host s ect nsswitch conf file for the same password that is on the smart card m If the application finds the smart card s password in the host s password database it considers the user authenticated and logs in the user Note The smart card reader is attached to motherboard through an 12C bus through 10 pin connector J3604 Other Peripheral Assembly Options The workstation supports other peripheral assembly options These options can include the DVD ROM drive and tape drives Keyboard and Mouse The keyboard and mouse port USB
269. used in accordance with the instruction manual it may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Shielded Cables Connections between the workstation and peripherals must be made using shielded cables to comply with FCC radio frequency emission limits Networking connections can be made using unshielded twisted pair UTP cables Modifications Any modifications made to this device that are not approved by Sun Microsystems Inc may void the authority granted to the user by the FCC to operate this equipment FCC Class B Notice This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarant
270. uses Older PCI cards operate at 5 VDC while newer cards are designed to operate at 3 3 VDC Cards that require 5 volts will not operate in 3 3 volt slots and 3 3 volt cards will not operate in 5 volt slots Universal PCI cards are designed to operate on either 3 3 volts or 5 volts so these cards can be inserted into either type of slot The workstation provides three slots for 5 volt cards and one slot for a 3 3 volt card All four PCI slots accept universal cards Most PCI cards operate at clock speeds of 33 MHz while some newer cards EPCI operate at 66 MHz All four PCI slots can accept 33 MHz cards Appendix C Functional Description C 27 C 1 8 2 66 MHz cards are restricted to the slot labelled EPCI 1 The following table lists the mapping of the PCI slots to the two PCI buses and the type of PCI cards supported in each slot TABLE C 4 PCI Slot to PCI Bus Mapping Connector Slot Width bits Clock Rates DC Voltage VDC Label Conn No PCI Bus Card Type bits MHz Card Type PCI 4 J2601 B 64 32 or 64 33 5 universal PCI 3 J2501 B 64 32 or 64 33 5 universal PCI 2 J2401 B 64 32 or 64 33 5 universal PCI 66 1 J2301 A 64 32 or 64 66 3 3 64 bit Note Installing a 33 MHz card into a 66 MHz extended peripheral component interconnect EPCI decreases workstation performance PCI Bus ASICs SCSI Controller The SCSI controller ASIC provides an interface between the 33 MHz PCI bus and the internal and external S
271. ustrated Not TPE cable category 5 Twisted pair Ethernet cable illustrated 1 These are optional components They may or may not be part of your workstation Chapter 1 Product Description 1 11 1 12 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 CHAPTER 2 SunVTS Overview This chapter contains an overview of the SunVTS diagnostic tool The SunVTS diagnostic tool should be used to validate workstation operation during development production inspection troubleshooting periodic maintenance and subsystem stressing This chapter contains the following topics m Section 2 1 SunVTS Description on page 2 1 m Section 2 1 1 SunVTS Requirements on page 2 2 m Section 2 1 2 SunVTS References on page 2 2 2 1 SunVTS Description SunVTS is the Sun online Validation Test Suite SunVTS is a comprehensive software diagnostic package that tests and validates hardware by verifying the connectivity and functionality of most hardware controllers devices and platforms SunVTS can be tailored to run on various types of systems ranging from desktops to servers with many customizable features to meet the varying requirements of many diagnostic situations 2 1 21 2 1 2 SunVTS executes multiple diagnostic tests from one graphical user interface GUI that provides test configuration and status monitoring The user interface can run in the CDE or OPEN LOOK environments or through a TTY mod
272. ut low current equals 20 LA at V equals 0 5 VDC m l input high current equals 20 uA at V equals 2 7 VDC a Minimum input hysteresis equals 0 3 VDC Supported Target Devices The SCSI subsystem supports a maximum of three internal devices including the host adapter DVD ROM drive and tape drive The external SCSI bus supports up to 16 Ultra Wide SCSI devices External Cables External UltraSCSI compliant SCSI cables have an impedance of 90 ohm 6 ohms and are required for UltraSCSI interface The Sun implementation of UltraSCSI requires that the total SCSI bus length be limited to no more than approximately 20 feet 6 meters with up to 12 Sun compensated devices Due to the considerably short bus length two UltraSCSI compliant external cables are supported a 32 inch 0 8 meter and a 6 5 feet 2 meter Note Consult your authorized Sun sales representative or service provider to order UltraSCSI compliant external cables There is also an external SCSI connector on the backpanel for legacy peripheral devices Super O The Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations use a Superl O ASIC to interface to the diskette drive and the parallel port The Superl O ASIC also provides the TOD ID SEEPROM and interfaces with the power supply C 42 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C2 EZ Power Supply The 670 watt autosensing power supply has a voltage range of 90 to 264 Volts roo
273. ution Pressing the power switch does not remove all power from the workstation a trickle current remains in the power supply To remove all power from the workstation disconnect the power cord Power switch Front panel FIGURE 5 1 Workstation Power Switch 5 6 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 2 Verify the following a That the backlit Sun logo on the front panel is off b That the workstation fans are not spinning Caution Disconnect the power cord prior to servicing workstation components 3 Turn off the power to the monitor and other external peripherals 4 Disconnect cables to any peripheral equipment 5 Remove the lock block if one is installed FIGURE 5 2 Lock block Workstation ORTA GRR DAS OC OS O OROLGLSLSLSLSLSL C7 y O o g Rene eee ROROKORORORO 0505050 o ROIS OKOKOKOKOKOKO OOOO 1 Q OO Bees Lo gt y jua fa U D Eo g f B oO 5 one Qn2n2 2h2n2 2 2 2 00 IIA QPS2BEBLEAESBES GOBLEAESBLEAESREERESROS 39090909859 QC 250 0R0 DRO RO ROSADA OR ORO KOK 00 08080 OSOS OSO ROS OSOSOSOSOSOSO OLOL5L5262626 05050 OBOHOKGOHOKOGOHOKOGHOHL OFF 0K OG OH OKO 080208 OSOS OR ORO ROSOROSOSOSOSO GRORGRGLAKaKAKOS 0950505050500 0909050005050 02626260 O0 26 C D SQ 262626260626 ee eee ee BRELSLSLELELSLSLSLSLSLS O
274. wer Indicator LED States on page 4 2 Action Ensure that the AC power cord is properly connected to the workstation and to the wall receptacle Verify that the wall receptacle is supplying AC power to the workstation Ensure that the cover is securely fastened to the chassis If the cover is not installed the power interlock will prevent power on of the workstation Press the power switch If the workstation does not power on one of the CPU module s may not be properly seated Inspect the CPU module s for proper seating and press the power switch again If the wall receptacle AC power has been verified and the CPU module s is are properly seated but the workstation does not power on the workstation power supply may be defective See Section 4 6 Power Supply Troubleshooting on page 4 6 System LEDs The power indicator LED FIGURE 1 2 has three states that indicate the power status of the workstation TABLE 4 1 TABLE 4 1 Power Indicator LED States LED Activity Meaning LED off Workstation power is off or workstation is booting LED blinking All internal subsystems are in lowest possible power consumption mode for this workstation Some hardware components and software drivers do not support the workstation s lowest possible power consumption mode When this occurs the power indicator LED will not blink 4 2 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 TABLE 4 1 Power Indica
275. y what code is being executed reaches a certain level by software the system clock is transitioned to a lower frequency This is done in two steps 1 First the clock is cut to 1 2 then to 1 32 of the nominal frequency 2 When CPU activity increases and the idle time decreases to a certain level the frequency is shifted back to 1 2 then to full speed The external cache also supports a sleep mode that is automatically activated when the system frequency is reduced and no access is active EPCI Bus Devices that support the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification are put into sleep mode If no device has the ability to request service through an interrupt or similar signal the clock may be completely turned off to save more power Storage Devices FC AL hard drives SCSI CD ROM and DVD ROM devices spin down when inactive C 52 Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual January 2002 C 6 1 4 C 6 1 5 C 6 1 6 Audio The audio module is put into a stand by mode by software when it is inactive When an application accesses the audio subsystem the audio module reactivates IEEE 1394 Bus When software determines there is no activity on the IEEE 1394 bus and there is no need to provide power to any external devices the power provided by the system to the cable is turned off The PHY is still on so that it acts as a repeater although the Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 workstations are logically off the

Sun Blade 1000 and Sun Blade 2000 Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents